The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
FISCAL POLICY SEMINAR
Economics 248
1955/56
Professors Hansen and Williams
Pages
PART I
I.
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY LITERATURE -- FOR BACKGROUND READING
A. Public Finance Textbooks ,.„•••* o •<>
.»
B* National Income and S :>cial Accounting • • ....,..•••••....••.•
1
1-2
PART II
II.
THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK OF FISCAL ECONOMICS
A. Keynes r s General Theory: Some Current Interpretations and Appraisals.
B. Hicks-Harrod Analysis of Stable Growth .„...,
C. Modern Theory of Income Determination
1." Theoretical Concepts:
a. Consumption Function Controversy
b. Multiplier Principle; Velocity Analysis; Model Sequences ....
c. The Acceleration Principle and the Theory of Investment
2-3
3-5
5-7
7-8
8-9
PART III
III.
NATIONAL INCOME — SIZE AND DISTRIBUTION
JTo Consumption/Saving and Investment Behavior
9-10
1. Influence of Asset Structures on Consumption-Investment Decisions 10-11
B. Income and Wealth: Studies in Income Distribution--By Size and Type.. 11-13
C. Income Redistribution through Public Finance
1. Impact of Public Expenditures and Taxation
13-14
2. Taxable Capacity and Tax Burdens ... . •
14-15
PART IV
IV.
DYNAMIC FACTORS IN THE ECONOMY
A. Stagnationist Theory--Controversies of Pre- and Post-War Period
16-17
B. Capital Formation and Processes of Economic Change and Growth
1. Technology, Population, and Investment:
a. Population Factors in Economic^ Fluctuations
17-18
b. Innovations, Technology, and Business Fluctuations
18-19
c. Inventories and Cyclical Instability
....
19-20
d. Building-Transport Cycles .•...•••.•.•.•.••...•.•
„ . 20
C. Financial Structure and Economic Growth
1. Institutional Savings-Investment: Some Trends and Their Implications .». o»o ••„ *<>..»,» o .«>o * <> .,.*„.. o..» 9o o ...o ... 9«,. 99o
20-22
2. Corporate Earnings, Savings, and Capital Investment ....
.# 22-24
PART V
V.
FISCAL POLICY: THEORETICAL ANALYSIS AND LESSONS OF EXPERIENCE
A. General Discussions .„..„*.'..o.*.I *«•.•„•....•
B* Tax and Budget Problems and Policies
1. Tax Revenues and Federal Expenditures .•...«............. t
2. Federal Budget in Theory and Practice •..„••••.........
a. Some Current Debates on the Budget:
(1) Balanced Budget Theorem
(2) Budget Flexibility and ?Built-in! Stabilizers
25
„ 26
.
26-27
#
27-28
28-29
11
V.
FISCAL POLICY:
THEORETICAL ANALYSIS AND LESSONS OF EXPERIENCE
Cont'd
3. Taxation: Instruments and Objectives:
a. Income and Profits Taxation--Principles and Practices
(1) Progressivity •...
......
(2) Profits Taxation
b. Federal Taxation of Capital Gains
.........
c. Commodity Taxation: Sales and Excise Taxes
.
d. Estate, Inheritance, and Gift Taxation
e. Property Taxation
C. Public Expenditure in Fiscal Theory .....•••....
VI.
VII.
29-30
. *.. 30
30-31
31-32
32-34
•• 34-35
35-36
36
PUBLIC FINANCE AND THE FUNCTIONING OF THE PRIVATE ECONOMY
A. Tax Policy for a Dynamic Economy
1. Incidence and Effects of Income and Profits Taxation .....
37
2. Taxation and Incentives
38
3. Special Problems in Business Taxation:
a. Corporate Taxation and Business Structure .... •,............. * . 38
b. Influence of Tax Policy on Business Financing and Investment . 39-40
c. Depreciation as a Tax Problem
....
40-41
B. The Role of Public Expenditures
1. Government Expenditures: Patterns and Trends
42
2. Aspects of Public Investment:
a. Public Works as a Depression Fiscal Policy
42-43
b. Public Expenditures and Welfare Programs •
, . . 43-44
c. Housing and Urban Redevelopment
*
,
,.. 44-47
d. Highway Programs and Transportation: Aids and Subsidies
47
e. Public Policy and Problems of Conservation and Regional or
State Resource Development
48-50
FEDERAL-STATE-LOCAL FISCAL RELATIONS: PROBLEM OF GRANTS-IN-AID
PART
51-53
VI
VIII. ECONOMIC STABILIZATION: ELEMENTS OF A PRACTICAL PROGRAM
A. Monetary-Fiscal vs. Other Measures for Stability and Expansion ....... 54-55
B. Wage-Price Policy
55-56
C. Monetary Policy and Debt Management in the United States
56-58
D« Fiscal Program of the Republican Administration
58
FISCAL POLICY SEMINAR
Econonics 248
1955/56
^Professors Hansen and Williams/
For an excellent collection of readings in the area of fiscal theory
and policy, students are referred to the new volume in the American Economic
Association series, READINGS IN FISCAL POLICY, edited by A. Smithies and
J. K. Butters [Homewood, irwin, 1955J; a nd also to the bibliography therein
fpp« 558-961 for additional reading suggestions.
•
*
*
•
*
•* Especially Recommended
PART
I,
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY LITERATURE —
A.
2.
3o
4o
5.
60
7°
80
9*
* 10 o
B»
FOR BACKGROUND READING
Public Finance Textbooks:
lo
*
I
Brownlee, 0. H., <and Allen, E* D. ; Economics of Public Finance,
New York, Prentice-Hall, 2d rev. ed., 1954.
Buehler, A. G., Public Finance. New York, McGraw-Hill, 3d ed.,
1948.
Dalton, Hugh, Principles of Public Fiananceo New York, Praeger,
revo edo, 1955•
Due, John F o , Government Finance" An Economic Analysis. Homewood,
Irwin, 1954.
Groves, Ho Mo, Financing Government« New York, Holt, 4th rev. ed.,
1954 c
Hicks, Uo Ko, Public Finance, New York, Pitman, 1947.
Kehdrick, M» S*, Public Finance: Principles and Problems. Boston,
Houghton ,Mifflin, 1951.
Lindholm, R o W o , Public Finance and Fiscal .Policy. New York,
- Pitman, 1.950 o
Plank<, Eo Ho, Public Finance. Homewood, Irwin, 1953.
Shultz, ¥0 Jo, and Harriss, Co L o , American Public Finance. New
York, Prentice-Hall, 1954.
National Income and Social Accounting:
lo
2.
Downing, R* I o , National Income and Social Accounts» Melbourne,
University Press^ 1951•
Edey, H, Co, and Peacock, A o T., National Income and Social
Accountingo London, Hutchinson!s University Library, 1954.
*
3-
4.
5.
6O
78.
*
9.
10.
Hicks, Jo R., Hart, iA* G,, and Ford, J. W., The Social Framework pf
the American Economy. New York, Oxford University JPress, rev.
ed., 1955.
Meade, J. E . ; and Stone, R, S., National Income and Expenditure.
Cambridge, Bowes and Bowes, 3d rev, ecL, 1952»
Morgan, Theodore, Income and Employment. New York, Prentice-Hall,
2d revo edo, 1952 0
Ohlsson, Ingvar, On National Accounting. Stockholm, Konjunkturinstitutet, 1953•
Ruggles, Richard, Introduction to National Income and Income Analysis,
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1949*
Schelling, T. C , National Income Behavior. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1951.
Shoup, Co So, Principles of National Income Analysis. New York,
Studinski, Paul, National Income Estimates t'Efe World OVer—History,
JTheory, and Practice. New York, New York University, 1955PART
II.
II
THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK OF FISCAL ECONOMICS
Keynes T s General Theory:
A.
Some Current Interpretations and Appraisals
Books 1
L
*
Burns, A. F», The Frontiers of Economic Knowledge. New York, National
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1954.
2. Clark, J. Mo, Guideposts in Time of Change. New York, Harper, 1949.
3. Hansen, A. H., A Guide to Keynes. New York, McGraw-Hill, 19534. Harris, S.. E. [Ed,'], The New Economics» New York, Knopf, 19475» Harrod, R. F*, The Life of John Maynard Keynes. New York, Harcourt,
Brace, I95TI
60
7.
8.
9o
•^ 10.
~"
Income, Employment and Public Policy, Essays in Honor of Alvin H. Hansen.
New York, Norton, 1 9 4 8 7
Klein, L, B., The Keynesian Revolution. New York, Macmillan, 1947.
Kurihara, K o K o ^ E d o j , Post-Keynesian Economicse New Brunswick,
Rutgers University Press, 1954c
Lerner, A Q Pc, Economics of EmploymentB New York,". McGraw-Hill, 1951.
Williams, Jo H», Economic Stability in a Changing World. New York,
Oxford University Press, 1953.? chaps„ 1 and 3°
Articles:
1.
2.
3*
4.
Angell, Jo Wo, "Keynes and Economic Analysis Today," Review of Economics
and Statistics, Vol, 30, November, 1948.
Bishop, Go A., "A Note on the Overinvestment Theory of the Cyc;le and
Its Relation to the Keynesian Theory of Income," American Economic
Review, XLI, March, 1951, pp o 149-60.
~
"
Copland, D, B.,"Keynesian Reformation,"Occasional Paper No. 4. Delhi,
Ranjit Printers and Publishers, 1952, 62 pp.
de Jong, F. J., "Supply Functions in Keynesian Economics," Economic
Journal, LXIV, March, 1954, Comment by R.-G. Hawtrey, and Reply,
ibid,, w* 834-42.
5. Ellis, Ho S., "The State of the TNew Economics,1" American Economic
Review, XXXVII, March, 1947, pp. 465-77.
6. Fels, Rendigs, "The Re-examining of Keynesian Economics: A Comment,"
Southern Economic Journal, XIX, January, 195 3 j and Comment by
C« Philbrook,ibid.
7. Fukuoka, Masao, "Full Employment and Constant.Coefficients of Production,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIX, February, 1955, PP* 23-44.
8. Harrod, R. F. and others, "Keynes 'Contributions to Economics—Four
Views,". Review of Economic -Statistics, Vol. 28, November, 1946.
9. Johnson, H. G., "Lord Keynes and Modern Economic Thought," Canadian
Forum, November, 195?.
10c Lindahl, Erik: "On Keynes1 Economic System," Economic Record, Pts. I-II,
Vol. 30, May, 1954, pp. 19-32; and November, 1954, pp. 159-71.
11. Polakoff, Murray, nSome Critical Observations on the Major Keynesian
Building Blocks, Southern Economic Journal, XXI, October, 1954.
12. Smithies, Arthur, "Reflections on the Work and Influence of J. M. Keynes,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXV, Nov., 1951 pp. 578-(j>01; comment
by Edwin Kuh and J. R. Meyer and Reply, ibid, LXVI, Aug., 1952,
PP. 450-59.
13. Vickrey, William, "Limitations of Keynesian Economics," Social Research,
December, 1948.
14. Wilson, T,, "A Reconsideration of the Theory of Effective Demand,"
Economica, XIV, November, 1947, pp. 283-95* 15. Wright, D. M., "The Future of Keynesian Economics," American Economic
Review, XXXV, June, 1945, pp. 284-307Be
Hicks-Harrod Analysis of Stable Growth
Books 1
*
*
1. Baumol, Wo J., Economic Dynamics0 New York, Macmillan, 1951.
2 O Gordon, R. A., Business Fluctuations<> New York, Harper, 1952, especially
chapso 4-5°
3- Hansen, Ao EL and Clemence, Ro V o , Readings in Business Cycles and
National Income, New York, Norton, 1953°
4o Harrod, R. FT, Economic Essays, New York, Harcourt, Brace, 1953.
5Towards a Dynamic Economics. London, Macmillan, 1948.
60 Hicks, J. Re, A Contribution to the Theory of the Trade -Cycle,
London, Clarendon Press, 1950°
7° Kuznets, Simon• Economic Change. New York, Norton, 1953°
8. Robinson, Joan, The Rate of Interest and Other Essays, New York,
London, Macmillan, 1952*
9. Rostow, W. Wo, The Process of Economic Growtha New York, Norton, 1952.
Articles:
*
1. Alexander, So, "Issues of Business Cycle Theory Raised by Mr. Hicks,"
American Economic Review, XLI, December, 1951.? pp. 86I-78.
3o Arndt, Ho W0J, TfMr. Hicks' Trade Cycle Theory,11 Canadian Journal of
Economics and Political Science, Vol. 17, August, 1951, pp. 394-406.
3. Boulding, Ko E o , "Toward a General Theory of Growth," Canadian Journal
of Economics and Political Science, XIX, Aug, 195 3^
4, Brems, Hans, "How Induced Is Induced Investments''Review of Economics
and Statistics XXXVII, Aug., 1955, PP- 267-77.
*
5. Burns, A. F., "Hicks and the Real Cycle," Journal of Political Economy,
February, 1952.
6. Domar, E. D., "The Problem of Capital Accumulation," American Economic
Review, XXXVIII, December, 1948, pp. 777-94.
7. Dominguez, L. and Pilvin, H., "The Process of Balanced Economic Growth,"
Social Research, Vol. 21, Winter, 1954.
8. Duesenberry, J. S., "Hicks on the Trade Cycle," Quarterly Journal of
Economics, LXIV, August, 1950.
9. Dye, H. S., "Certain Questions Raised by Hicks'1 Theory of the Trade
Cycle," Southern Economic Journal, XIX, October, 1952; pp. 2G0-10.
10. Egerton, R. A. D., "The Capital Coefficient and the Rate of Depreciation,"
Economic Journal, LXIII, March, 1953> PP- 111-17•
11. Eisner, Robert, "Underemployment Equilibrium Rates of Growth," American
Economic Review, XLII, March, 1952, pp. 43-58; comments by
D. Hamberg, H. M. Wagner, and Rejoinder by R. Eisner, _P_dcL, XLIII,
. ... ^
May, 1953, PP. 377-93.
12. Fels, Rendigs, ffA Theory of Business Cycles," Quarterly Journal of
Economics, V9I. 66, February, 1952, pp. 25-42.
13. Fisher, G. H», "A Note on Mro HarrodTs Dynamic Model," Southern Economic
Journal, XIX, January, 1953, pp. 334-38.
14.
"A Survey of the Theory of Induced Investment, 1900-1940,"
Southern Economic Journal, XVIII, April, 1952, pp. 474-494.
15« Fleming, Marcus, "External Economies and the Doctrine of Balanced
Growth," Economic Journal, June, 1955*
16. Goodwin, Ro M., "The Problem of Trend and Cycle," Yorkshire Bulletin of
Economic and Social Research, 1953; PP- 89-9717.
"A Model of Cyclical Growth," in The Business Cycle in the
Post-War World, ed. by^E^Lundberg. New York, St. Martin's Press, 1955.
180 Hamberg, Daniel, "Steady Growth and Theories of Cyclical Crisis,"
Ptso 1-2, Metroeconomica (TriesteJ Vol. VI, April, and August, 1954.
19.
"Income Growth in Secular Stagnation and Inflation," Economic
Journal, LXIII, September, 1953, PP- 608-26.
20o
"Full Capacity* vs. Full Employment Growth," Quarterly Journal
of Economics, LXVI, August, 1952, pp. 444-49; and also "Some Further
Comments," ibicL, LXVIII, November 1954, ppo 641-48.
21. Hansen, A. Ho, "Toward a Dynamic Theory of the Cycle," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XLII, May, 1952, pp. 74-83; and discussion by
R. A. Gordon, iMci„, pp* 74-83.
22O Hicks, J. R o , "Mr. H"arrodTs Dynamic Theory," Economica, XVI, May, 1949,
ppo 106-21.
23. Higgins, Bo H., "The .Theory of Increasing Under-Employment," Economic
Journal, LX, June, 1950•
* 24, Kaldor, No, "The Relation of Economic Growth and Cyclical Fluctuations,"
Economic Journal, LXIV, March, 1954.
^5- _ _ _ _ _ _ !!^r* Hicks on the Trade Cycle," Economic Journal, LXI, December,
1951, PP- 833-47.
26. Knox, A e D-, "On a Theory of the Trade Cycle," Economica, XVII, August,
1950, pp. 317-2727» Lutz, Fo A., "The Interest Rate and Investment in a Dynamic Economy,"
American Economic Review, XXXV, December, 194528. Lutz, Vera, "Real and Monetary Factors in the Determination of Employment
Levels," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVII, May, 1952.
*
*
*
*
29.* Matthews,, R- C. 0., "Capital Stock Adjustment Theories of the Trade
Cycle and the Problem of Policy," Chap. 7 in Post-Keynesian
Economics, edo by K. K. Kurihara £New Brunswick, 19543.
30. Neisser, BL P,, "Some Comments on Balanced Growth under Constant Returns
to Scale, Econometrica, XXII, October, 1954.
31. Newman, P. K., "A Property of Mr. Harrod?s Dynamic System," Review
of Economic Studies, XXIl(l), No. 57, October, 1954.
32. Pilvin, Ho, Harrod, Ro F«, and Domar, E. D., "Full Capacity vs. Full
Employment Growth," "Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVTI,
November, 1953•
33- Power, John*, "Capital Intensity and,Economic Growth," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLV, May, 1955, PP« 197-207; 'discussed
by E* D. Domar and T. C. Schelling, ibid., pp. 222-27.
34o Robinson, Jean "Mr. Harrodfs Dynamics," Economic Journal, LIX, March, 1949.
35. Robertson, D. Ho, "Thoughts on Meeting Some Important Persons,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVTII, May, 1954, pp. 181-90.
35• Rostow, W. W., "Some Notes on Mr. Hicks and History," American Economiq
Review, XLI, June, 1951, pp. 316-24.
36• Schelling, T. C», "Capital Growth and Equilibrium," American Economic
Review, XXXVII, D e c , 1947, pp. 864-76.
37- Swan, T. W., "Progress Report on the Trade Cycle," Economic Record,
XXXVI, D e c , 1950; pp. 186-200.
38. Tsiang, S. C , "Rehabilitation of Time Dimension in Macrodynamic Analysis,"
Economica,, XVI, Aug0, 1949, pp. 204-17.
39- Ulmer, M. J., "Autonomous and Induced Investment," American Economic
Review, XLII, September, 1952, pp. 587-89.
40. Wilson, T., "Cyclical and Autonomous Inducements to Invest," Oxford
Economic Papers, V, March, 1953, pp. 65-89.
41- Yeager, L. B., "Some Questions About Growth Economics," American
Economic Review, XLIV, March, 1954, pp. 53-63; and further comments
by Go M. Meier and L. Bo Yeager, ibich, December, 1954, pp. 931-37*
42. Youngson, A o Jo, "Investment Decisions, Trade Cycle, and Trend,"
Oxford Economic Papers, VI, September, 1954, pp. 285-305.
C. Modern Theory of Income Determination
1°
Theoretical Concepts
a
°
Consumption Function Controversy
Books 1
1. Duesenberry,Jo S., Income, Saving, and the Theory of Consumer Behavior.
Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1949•
2. Ferber, Robert, A Study of"Aggregate Consumption Function. Occasional
Paper 8, New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 19533. Friedman, Milton, A Theory of the Consumption Function, New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, {"tentative] 19554. Hansen, A* H., Business Cycles and National Income. New York, Norton,
1951, chap. 10.
Articles:
lo
2.
3.
4.
5o
6.
7.
*
8.
9C
10.
*
11.
12c
.13.
*
14.
15.
l6o
17•
18.
19°
20.
21.
22.
23.
Armstrong, W= E a , n A Note on the Theory of Consumer's Behavior/'
Oxford Economic Papers, II, Jan., 1950; a ^d comments by
C.'k. Kennedy and L Mo D. Little, ibid., pp. 122-35Arndt, H. W. ; and Wilson, J. R o , "Deliberate Saving and the Consumption
Function/1 Economic Record, XXVII, June, 1951, pp 11-20.
Bronfenbrenner, M o , "The Consumption Function Controversy," Southern
Economic Journal, XIV, Jan 0 , 1948.
Brown, T. M*, "Habit Persistence and Lags in Consumer Behavior,"
Econometrles, XX, July, 1952, pp.;355-71•
Burns, A. F. "Keynesian Economics Once Again," Review of Economic
Statistics, XXIX, Nov., 1947, pp- 252.65.
Cave, R o Co, "Prewar-Postwar Relationship between Disposable Income
and Consumption Expenditures," Review of Economies & Statistics,
XXXII, May, 1950o
Clower, Re W c , "Professor Duesenberry and Traditional Theory," Review
of Economic Studies, XIX(3), No. 50, 1952/53, pp. 165-78.
Cohen,.Morris, "Liquid Assets and the Consumption Function," Review
of Economics & Statistics, XXXVI, May, 1954, pp. 202-10.
_ _ _ _ _ "Postwar Consumption Functions," jteview of Economics &
Statistics, XXXII, Feb o , 1952, pp. 18-33- ~ '
Davis, Tom EajJ "The Consumption Function as a Tool for Prediction,11
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXIV, Aug., 1952, pp. 27O-85.
Dueseia'berry, Jo S., "Income-Consumption Relations and Their Implications,"
in Income} Employment, and Publ.ic,_Policx. (New York, Norton, 1948),
pp. 54-81.
Ferber, Robert, "The Accuracy of Aggregate Savings Functions in the
Postwar Years /'-"Re view of Economics 8c Statistics, XXXVII, May, 1955.
Fishman, Leo, "Consumer Expectations and the Consumption Function,"
Southern Economic Journal, XX, Jan-, 1954, pp. 243-51„
Hagen, E o E., "The Consumption Function: A Review Article,".Review
of Economics & Statistics^ XXX, Nov., 1948.
Hamburger, W o , "The Relation of Consumption to Wealth and the Wage
Rate," Econometrica, XXIJI, Jan., 1955.
_ _ _ _ _ _ "The Determinants of Aggregate Consumption," Review of
Economic Studies, XXIl(l), No. 57, Oct., 1954.
Hansen, A. EL, "A Note on the Secular Consumption Function,"
American Economic Review, XLI, Sept., 1951* PP.- 662-4o
Hubbard, Jo C°> "The Marginal and Average Propensities to Consume,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVIII, Feb., 1954.
Katona, G., "E"f fect of Income Changes on the Rate of Saving, "'Review
of Economics & Statistics, XXXI, May, 1949, pp. 95-103. ~ ~"~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ a n ^ others, ?!Five Views on the Consumption Function,"
~
Review of_Economicg_&_Statistics, XXVIII, Nov o , 1946 pp. 197-224.
Klein, L o R., "Savings and the Propensity to Consume," in Determining
the Business Outlook, ed* by Ho Vo Prochnow (New York, Harper,
1954),"chap. 5 ~ ~ ~
" A Post-Mortem on Transition Predictions of National Product,"
Journaljpf_ Political. Economy, LIV, Aug., 1946, pp o 289-308
Liu, T. C , and Chang, Ching-Gwan, !!UOS. Consumption and Investment
Propensities°o Prewar and Postwar," American Economic Review,
XL, Septo, 1950, pp. 565-82.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
Mack, Ruth P v "The Direction of Change in Income and the Consumption
Function/1 Review of Economics 8c Statistics, XXX, Nov. 1948.
Matthews, R. C. 0», "The Saving Function and the Problem of Trend
and Cycle," Review of Economic Studies, XXIl(2), No. 58, Feb. 1955.
Modigliani, F., "Fluctuations in the Saving-Income Katio: A Problem
in Economic Forecasting," in Studies in. Income and Wealth, Vol. 11.
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1949Orcutt, G. H., and Roy, A. D., "A Bibliography of the Consumption
Function." Cambridge, Univeristy Department of Applied Economics,
1949. Mimeographed.
Pigou, A. C , "Professor Duesenberry on Income and Savings" (A review),
Economic Journal, LXI, D e c , 1951, PP- 883-4.
Schweiger, Irving, "The Contribution of Consumer Anticipations in
Forecasting Consumer Demand," in Short-Term Economic Forecasting*
Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 17. Princeton, Princeton
University Press, 1955; PP- 455-83.
Stone, J. R. N., "Misery and Bills: A Comparison of the Effect of Certain
Forms of Saving Behaviour on the Standard of Living of a Growing
Community,"- Economia Internazionale, VIII, Feb., 1955Williams,. :E. S., "Fiscal Policy and the Propensity to Consume,"
Economic Journal, LV, June,- 1945; comment by H. Norris, ibid.,
June, 1945, pp. 316-8.
Woytinsky, W. S., "What Was Wrong in Forecasts of Postwar Depression?"
Journal of Political Economy, LV, April, 1947, pp. 142-51.
and Koffsky, N., "Two More Contributions on the Consumption
Function," Review of Economics & Statistics, XXX, Feb., 1948,
pp. 284-307'b.
Multiplier Principle; Velocity Analysis; Model Sequences
Books:
lo
Angell, J. We, Investment and Business Cycles. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1941, chaps. 9-11.
2. Chipman, J* S., The Theory of/lnter-Sectoral Money Flows and Income
Formation. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 19513. Haberler, Go, Prosperity and Depression. New York, Columbia University
Press, 3d ed., 1941.
4» Hegeland, Hugo, The Multiplier Theory* Lund, Sweeden, Gleerup, 1954.
5. Merlin, Sidney D., The Theory of Fluctuations in Contemporary Economic
Thought . New York, Columbia University Press, 1949.
Articles:
L
Ackley, Gardner, "The Multiplier Time Period: Money, .Inventories
and Flexibility," American Economic Review, XLI, June, 1951,
pp. 350-68.
2. Allen, W. R. and Oi, Walter, "A Period Analysis of Fiscal Policies,"
Southern Economic Journal, XXII July, 1955> PP- 65-89.
3. Chipman, J. S., "Generalized Bi-System Multiplier. Its Application
to the Study of Income Movements," Canadian Journal of Economics
& Political Science, XV, May, 1949, pp. 176-89.
4.
5.
60
70
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15*
16.
17.
18.
1920
•
"The Multi-Sector Multiplier/' Econometrica, XVIII, Oct.,
1950.
Eisner, Robert, "The Invariant Multiplier," Review of Economic Studies,
XVIII(3), No. 44, 1949/50.
Goodwin, Ro Mo, "The Multiplier Matrix," Economic Journal, LIX, D e c , 1949n
The Multiplier/' in The New Economics, ed. "by S. E. Harris.
5ew~York, Knopf, 1947, pp. 488-99Hansen, A e H», "The Robertsonian and Swedish Systems of Period Analysis,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXII, Feb., 1950, pp. 24-9*
Johnson, H* Go, "The Matrix Multiplier and an Ambiguity in the Keynesian
Concept of Saving," Economic Journal^ LXII, March, 1952, pp. 197-200*
Lutz, Vera, "Multiplier and Velocity Analysis: A Marriage," Economica,
XXII, Feb., 1955, pp* 29-44.
Machlup, Fritz, "Period Analysis and Multiplier Theory," in Readings
in Business Cycle Theory, Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1944.
Patinkin, Don, "Wicksell1s''Cumulative Process,'" Economic Journal,
LXII, D e c , 1952, pp o 835-47.
Samuelson, P. A., "Fiscal Policy and Income Determination," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LV, Aug., 1942.
Shackle, G. L. So, ''Twenty Years On: A Survey of the Theory of the
Multiplier," Economic Journal, LXI, June, 1951.
Smithies, A., "The Multiplier," American Economic Review, Supplement,
XXXVIII, May, 1948, pp. 299-305Solow, Robert, "A Jfote on Dynamic Multipliers," Econometrica, XIX,
July, 1951, pp. 306-16.
Somers, H. M., "The Multiplier in a Tri-Fiscal Economy," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LXIII, May, 1949.
"A Theory of Income Determination," Journal of Political
"Economics, L V I H , Dec,,„ 1950, pp. 523-41.
Turvey, Ralph, "Some Notes on Multiplier Theory," American Economic
Review, XLIII, June, 1953_ _ _ _ _ n T h e Multiplier/1 Economica, XV, Nov., 1948.
do
The Acceleration Principle and the Theory of Investment
Books 1
lo Gordon, R. A«, Business Fluctuationso New York, Haprer, 1952a
2. Hansen, A o H., Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles. New York, Norton,
1941, chap. 12.
~~
3o _______ Monetary Theory and Fiscal Policy. New York, McGraw-Hill, pp, 149-55 <
4. Mieth, Wolfram, Das Akzelerationsprinzipo Berlin, Duncker & Humblot,*1954.
5. Somers, Ho M», Public Finance and National Income* Philadelphia,
Blakiston, 1949, pp. 66-116, 123-4 e ~ '
'
Articles:
lo Alexander, S. So, "The Accelerator as a Generator of Steady Growth,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIII, May, 1949, pp. 174-97.
2. Bowman, R» T* and Phillips, Almarin, "The Capacity Concept and Induced
Investment," Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science,
XXI, May, 1955, pp. 190-203.
3o
* 4o
5O
* 6*
7.
8.
9.
* 10,
11.
12.
13.
Chenery, H. B,, "Overcapacity and the Acceleration Principle/1 Econometfica,
XX, Jan9, 1952.
Eckaus, R. S., "The Acceleration Principle Reconsidered/' .Quarterly Journal
of Economics, LXVII, May, 1953, pp. 209-30.
Fisher, G.H., nA Survey of the Theory of Induced Investment, 1900-40,"
Southern Economic Journal, XVIII, April, 19^2.
Gordon, R-A*, "Investment Behavior and Business Cycles," Review of
Economics & Statistics, XXXVII, Febo, 1955Hamberg, D., and Tsiang, S, C , "/The Accelerator in Income Analysis/'1
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVI, Nov., 1952, pp. 592-9°
Kervyn, A., "A Note on the Accelerator and Constant Growth,"; Review of
Economic^ Studies, XXII(l), Noo 57, Oct., 1954.
Knox, Ao D,, "The Acceleration Principle and the Theory of Investment: A
Survey/1 Economica, XIX, Aug., 1952.
Meyer, J. R., and Kuh, Edwin, "Acceleration and Related Theories of Investment: An Empirical Inquiry," Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXIII,
Aug., 1955; PP* 217-30.
Neisser, Hans P o , "A Critical Note on the Acceleration Principle," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVIII, May, 1954, pp. 253-74; and "A
Correction," ibid,, Augo, 1954, p. 48l0
Norton, F. E o , Jr., "Capital Theory and Progressive Equilibrium," American
Economic Review,Supplement, XLI, May, 1951; pp. 145-56O
Tsiang, So Co, "The Accelerator, the Theory of the Firm, and the Business
Cycle," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXV, Aug0, 1951.
PART III
IV. NATIONAL INCOME —
A.
SIZE AND DISTRIBUTION
Consumption-Saving and Investment Behavior
Books:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9*
10o
11.
Clark, Lincoln EECL^J Consumer Behavior: The Dynamics of Consumer Reaction.
New York, New York University Press, 1954*
Friend, Irwin, Individuals * Saving: Volume and Composition, New York,
Wiley, 1954.
Goldsmith, Ro W,, A Study of Savings in the United States. Vols. I-II.
Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1955»
Heller, ¥o W., Boddy, F, M o , and Nelson, C* L, Eds. , Savings in the
Modern Economy„ Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 1953.
Katona, George, and Associates, Contributions of Survey Methods to
Economicso New York, Columbia University Press, 1954O
and Mueller, E., Consumer Behavior. New York, New York
University Press, 1954o
Lydall, H, F., British Incomes and Saving. Oxford, Blackwell, 1955.
Mack, Ruth P., The Flow of Business Funds and Consumer Purchasing Power.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1941.
Morgan, James N o , Consumer Economics, New York, Prentice-Hall, 1955.
Prest, Ao R., and Adams, Ao A., Consumers1 Expenditure in the United Kingdom, 1900-19190 Cambridge, Eng«, University Press, 1954O
Stone, R. S 9 , Consumers? Expenditure in the United Kingdom, I92O-38,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1954*
10
Articles:
lo
2O
3o
4o
5.
6.
7.
8O
9°
-LO*
11.
12.
13.
14o
15°
l6o
17.
18 9
09o
Brinegar, G. K o , "Income, Savings Balances, and Net Savings, Review
of Economics & Statistics, XXXV, Feb,, 1953°
Cartwright, P. Wo, "Survey of Income, Expenditures and Savings Patterns
State of Washington, 1948 O " Seattle, University of Washington
Press, 1950o 25 pp.
Cohen, Morris, "New Perspectives on Saving," Business Record (New York,
Industrial Conference Board), XII, July, 1955, PP* 240-5,
Due, Jean M., "Consumption Levels in Canada and the United States,
I947-5O," Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science, XXI,
May, 1955.
Fisher, Jo A o , "Income, Spending, and Saving Patterns of Consumer Units
in Different Age Groups,ft in Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol.
15o New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1953°
Hill, T, P., "Incomes, Savings and Net Worth," Oxford Institute of
Statistics, Bulletin, XVII, May, 1955, PP° 129-72.
Jones, Homer, "The Flow of Savings," Pts 0 1-2, Journal of Finance,' III,
Octo, 1948, and IV, March, 1949Katona, G», "Effect of Income Changes on the Rate of Saving," Review of
Economics & Statistics, XXXI, May, I949, PP'. 95-103»
_ _ _ _ _ "Expectations and Decisions in Economic Behavior," in The
Policy Sciences, ed. "by Do Lerner and Ho Las swell. Stanford,
Stanford University Press, 1951; PP« 219-32.
_ _ _ _ _ "Postwar Changes in the Income of Identical Consumer Units,"
in Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol* 13. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1951; PP° 186-218.
Klein, L, R o , "Patterns of Savings The Surveys of 1953 and 1954,"
Oxford Institute of Statistics, Bulletin, XVII, May, 1955, PP. 173-214.
Lansing, Jo Bo, and Maynes, E o S., "Inflation and Savings by Consumers,"
Journal of Political Economy, LX, Oct., 1952, pp. 383-91and Withey, S o B o , "Consumer Anticipations: Their Use in Forecasting Consumer Behavior," in Short-Term Economic Forecasting.
Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 17. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1955°
Lydall, H o , "The Life Cycle in Income, Saving, and Asset Ownership,"
Econometrica, XXIII, April, 1955, pp o 13I-5O0
________ "Personal Savings and Its Determinants in the Light of the Oxford
Survey," Oxford Institute of Statistics, Bulletin, XIV, July, 1952O
Morgan, Jo No, "The Structure of Aggregate Personal Saving," Journal of
Political Economy, LIX, Dec o , 1951; PP° 528-34; and "Correction and
Addendum,"ibido, LXI, Dec o , 1953, p. 536*
Saunders, Co To, "Some Problems in the Estimation of Personal Savings
and Investment," Review of Economic Studies, XXII, 1954/55, pp. 109-29,
Smelker, M o W o , "Problems of Estimating Spending and S ving in Long-Range
Projections," in Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 3.6. Princeton,
Walsh, Vo Co, "On Descriptions of Consumers' Behavior," Economica, XXI,
Aug., 1954o
lo
Influence of Asset Structures on Consumption^Investment Decisions
Books:
lo
Atkinson, To R o ,
The Pattern of Financial Asset Ownership: Wisconsin
Individuals, 1949Q
1955*
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research,
11
2.
Hart, A. G», Money, Debt, and Economic Activity0
Prentice-Hall, 23 "rev, ed,, 1953.
New York,
Articlesi
1.
2.
3o
4o
5.
60
7o
8.
9o
100
11o
* 12 a
13.
14.
* 15l6 0
17o
B.
Ackley, Gardner, "The Wealth-Saving Relationship," Journal of
Political Economy, LIX, April, 1951, PP- 154-61*
Boulding, K» E,, "Asset Identities in Economic Models," Studies
in Income and Wealth, Vol o 14, New York, National Bureau
of Economic Research, 1952=
Brilly D, E«, "The Postwar Structure of Financial Claims," in
Studies in Income and Wealth0 Volo 14, New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research,.*1952°
Haberler, Go, "The Pigou Effect Once More," Journal of Political
Economy, LX, June, 1952•
Hansen, A, Ho, "The Pigovian Effect," Journal of Political
Economy, LIX, Dec o , 1951, PP° 535=13^
Hart, Ao G», "Uses of National Wealth Estimates and the Structure
of Claims," in Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol o 12 0 New
York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1950, pp o 81-1040
—
"Postwar Effects to Be Expected from Wartime Liquid
Accumulations," American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXV,
May, 1945, PP. 341-9.
Klein, L. Re, "Assets, Debts, and Economic Behavior," in Studies
in-Inc(3mTe" afid Wealth, Vol, 14. New York, National Bureau of
Economic Research, 1952, pp o 195-227O
Lutz, Vera, "Real and Monetary Factors in the Determination of
Employment Levels," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVT,
May, 1952, pp. 251-72o
McKean, Ro No, "Wartime Monetary Events and Monetary Theory,"
American Economic Review,Supplement, XLII, May, 1952, pp 0 124-33*
Melville, L o Go, "Consumption, Income, and Wealth," Review of Economics
8c Statistics, XXXVI, May, 1954, pp o 220-5°
Metzler, L o A., "Wealth, Saving and the Rate of Interest," Journal of
Political Economy, LIX, April, 1951, PP° 93-116; comment by D.MO
Wright, and reply, ibid 0 , June, 1952o
Musgrave, Ro A o , "Money, Liquidity, and the Valuation of Assets," in
Money, Trade, and Economic Growth (New York, Macmillan, 1951)•
Randall, R* Jo,
"The 'Pigou Effect" and Other Aspects of Asset Holdings on Consumption," South African Journal of Economics, XXI,
March, 1953, PP* 31-40.
Tobin, James, "Asset Holdings and Spending Decisions," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XLII, May, 1952, pp 0 109-420
"Relative Income, Absolute Income, and Savings," in Money,
Trade, and Economic Growth (New York, Macmillan, 1951), pp. 135-56,
Walter, J9 E., "Liquidity and Corporate Spending," Journal of Finance,
Dec 0 , 1953, PPo 369-97»
Income and WeaTtho
Studies in Income Distribution--By Size and Type
Books:
la
2o
Creamer, Daniel, Personal Income during Business Cycles, New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, in press, 1955°
Kuznets, Simon, Shares of Upper Income Groups in Income and Savings.
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1953o
12
3.
4.
5.
60
70
Kuznets, Simon, National Income: A Summary of Findings. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 19460
Nati/onaT income and Its Composition. New York, National Bureau
of Economic Research, 1941.
and Goldsmith, Ro W o , Income and Wealth of the United States:
Trends and Structure0 Income & Wealth Series III O Cambridge, Eng o ,
Bowes & Bowes, 1952.
Miller, Herman P o , Income of the American People0 New York, Wiley, 1955Seers, Dudley, Changes in the Cost of Living and the Distribution of
Income since 1938e Oxford, Blackwell, 1949.
Articles:
le
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Bowman, M, J,, "Theories of Income Distribution: Where Do We Stand?"
Journal of Political Economy, LVI, D e c , 1948, pp 0 533-S80
Brady, D, S. and Friedman, R.
'Savings and Income Distribution/1 in
Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol o 10 o New York, National Bureau
of Economic Research, 1947, pp 0 247-65=
Breimyer, Ho F», "Some Comments on Factors Influencing State Per Capita
Incomes;1' Southern Economic Journal, XVII, Oct 0 , 1950, pp 0 140-7;
comment by Jo L* Fulmer, ibid,, XVII, April, 1951.
Brown, E a Ha Phelps, and Hart, P. E*, "The Share of Wages in National
Income," Economic Journal, LXII, June, 1952, pp o 253-77.
Burkhead, Jesse, "Changes in the Functional Distribution of Income,"
Journal of the American Statistical Association, June, 1953Cartter, A o M o , "Income Shares of Upper Income Groups in Great Britain
and the United States," American Economic Review, XLIV, Dec 0 , 1954,
pp. 875-83.
7.
Clark, Eugene, and Fishman, Leo, "Appraisal of Methods for Estimating the
Size Distribution of Given Aggregate Income," Review of Economics &
Statistics, XXIX, Feb., 1947, pp. 43-6; and further remarks, ibid.,
XXXII, Feb., 1950, pp o 106~7*
8. Champernowne, Do G., "A Model of Income Distribution," Economic Journal,
-LXIII, June, 1953rPP. 3l8-51o
9. Copelarid^ Mo A., "The Social and Economic Determinants of the Distribution
of Income in the United States," American Economic Review, XXXVII,
March, 1947, pp. 56-75°
10. Denison, E. F o , " Income Types and Size Distribution," American Economic
Review, XLIV, May, 1954, pp* 254-69.
11o Durand, David, "An Appraisal of the Errors Involved in Estimating the
Size Distribution of a Given Aggregate Income," Review of Economics &
Statistics, XXX, Feb., 1948*
12. Fulmer, Jo L M "Factors Influencing Per Capita Income Differentials, 1940
and 1950," Southern Economic Journal, XXI, July, 1955, pp. 32-47.
13. __^
"Factors Influencing State Per Capita Income Differentials,"
Southern Economic Journal, XVI, Jan,, 1950, pp o 259-78,
14. Garvy, George, "Functional and Size Distributions of Income and Their
Meaning," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954, pp o 236-53.
15* _ _ _ _ _ "Changing Patterns of Income Distribution," Analysts Journal, Nov., 1954.
16 o Goldsmith, S, F o , "Appraisal of Basic Data for Constructing Income Size Distributions," in Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 13. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1951.
17'• _ _ _ _ "Statistical Information on the Distribution of Income by Size in the
United States," American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950, pp.
321-410
9 Jaszi, Go, Kaitz, EL, and Liebenberg, Mo, "Size Distribution of
__
http://fraser.stlouisfed.org/
Income 1954,
since pp.
the 1-32.
Mid-Thirties,"
Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Feb.,
Review of Economics & S t a t i s t i c s , XLIV?
13.
Hanna, F o A o , MCyclical and Secular Changes in State Per Capita Incomes,
1929-50/' Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXVI, Aug., 1954o
20. Johnson, Do Gale, "The Functional Distribution of Income in the United
States, l850-1952,n feeview of Economics & Statistics, XXXVI, May,
1954, pp. 175-82.
21. Kuznets, Simon, "Economic Growth and Income Inequality," American
ffconomic Review, XLV, March, 1955, PP° 1-28*
_
22
• _ _ _ _ _ _ "Long-Term Changes in the National Income of the United States
since I87O," in Income and Wealth in the United States: Trends and
Structure, edo by So KuznetSo Cambridge, Engo, Bowes 8c Bowes, 195 2 23* Kyrk, Hazel, "The Income Distribution as a Measure of Economic Welfare,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950* PP. 342-55.
24. Lampman, Ro J o , "Recent Changes in Income Inequality Reconsidered," American
Economic Review, XLIV, June, 1954, pp* 251-68O
25« Miller, Herman P o , "Changes in Income Distribution in the United States/ 1
Journal of the American Statistical Association, Dec o , 195126.
"Factors Related to Recent Changes in Income Distribution in the
United States," Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXIII, Aug., 1951,
pp o 214-18,
27. Moore, Geoffrey H., "Secular Changes in the Distribution of Income," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLII, May, 1952, pp, 527-44.
28o Rhodes, E o C , "The Inequality of Income in the United Kingdom," Economica,
XIX, May, 1952.
29.
"Distribution of Earned and Investment Incomes in the U.K. in
1937-38," Economica, XVIII, Feb., 1951, PPo l8-34o
30. Rosen, George, "A Note on the Distribution of Income anfl Savings in 1948,"
American Economic Review, XL, D e c , 195031. Schutz, Ro E., "On the Measurement of Income Inequality," American Economic
Review, XLI, March, 1951; comment by G. Rosenbluth, ibid,, D e c , 1951,
19•
PP. 935-37*
3?:.: Smelker, M o W o , "Shifts in the Concentration of Income," Review of Economics
& Statistics, XXX, Aug., 1948, pp. 215-22.
33* Worcester, Dean, and Lampman, R. J., "Income, Ability and Size of Family in
the United States," Journal of Political Economy, LVIII, Oct., 1950, pp. 436-42.
C9
Income Redistribution through Public Finance
1.
Impact of Public Expenditures and Taxation
Books:
1*
*
*
Barna, Tibor, Redistribution of Income through Public Finance in 1937*
London, Oxford University Press, 1945.
2. Cartter, A. Me, The Redistribution of Income in Postwar Britain: A
Study of the Effects of the Central Government Fiscal Program in
1948-49. New Haven, Yale University Press, 1955.
3. Hanna, F. A o , Pechman, Jo A o , and Lerner, So M,, Analyst's of Wisconsin
Incomeo New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1948O
4o Henderson, P o , and Seers, D, £Eds 0 J, The Redistribution of Incomes by
Postwar Public Financeo Oxford, Blackwell, 1951.
5* Hicks, Uo K., Public Financeo New York, Pitman, 1947, Pt. Ill,
6, Miller, Do C , Taxes, the Public Debt and Transfers of Income. Urbana,
University of Illinois Press, 1950o
7- Peacock, Alan To fEd?} , Income Redistribution and Social Policy. London,
Cape, 1953°
8, Seers, Dudley, The Levelling of Incomes Since 1938O Oxford, Blackwell, 1951.
14
Articles:
"* 1.
2.
3.
4..
5.
60
7.
"* 8.
9*
10•
11.
120
13.
14*
15.
* l6o
17o
18.
2.
Adler, J. H., "The Fiscal System, the Distribution of Income, and Public
Welfare/' in Fiscal Policies and the American Economy (New York,
Bronfenbrenner, M o , and others, "A Study in Redistribution and Consumption,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXVII, May, 1955.
Douglas, Monteath, "Welfare and Redistribution," Canadian Journal of Economics
& Political Science, XIX, Aug,, 1953, PP» 316-25.
Fisher, A o G* Bo, "Alternative Techniques for Promoting Equality in a Capitalist Society," American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950, pp a 356-68.
Green, R 8 , "Social Reconstruction by the Regulation of Incomes," Economic
Journal, LII, April, 1942.
Johnson, H o Go, "The Effects of Income-Redistribution on Aggregate Consumption
with Interdependence of Consumerfs Preferences," Economica, XIX, May1952, pp 0 131-47; comment by So F* James and W. Beckerman, Economic
Journal, LXIII, March, 1953, pp. 7O-83,
Lubell, Harold, "Effects of Income Redistribution on Consumer Expenditures,"
American Economic Review, XXXVII, March, 1947; comment by J. M.*Clark, and
correction, ibide , D e c , 1947, pp 0 930-1,
Metzler, L. A., "Three Lags in the Circular Flow of Income," in Income, Employment and Public Poj_j.cy (New York, Norton, 1948;.
= _ _ _
"Effects of Income Redistribution/' Review of Economics & Statistics,
XXV, Feb., 1943, PPo 49-57.
Peacock, A. T., and Berry, Do, M A Note on the Theory of Income Redistribution,"
Economica, XVIII, Feb., 1951* PP« 18-34.
Pechman, Jo A*, "Distribution of Income before and after Federal Income Taxes,
1941-47," in Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 8. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1946.
"Distribution of Income before and after Federal Income Taxes, 1941
and 1947," in Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 13. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1951*
Rhodes, E« Co, "The Distribution of Incomes and the Burden of Estate Duties
in the United Kingdom," Economica, XVIII, Aug., 1951.
Schaller, H« Go, "Social Security Transfer Payments and Differences in State
Per Capita Incomes, 1929, 1930, and 1949/' Review of Economics &
Statistics, XXXVII, Feb 0 , 1955.
Stauffacher, Co, "The Effects of Government Expenditures and Tax Withdrawals
upon Income Distribution, 1930-39," in Public Policy, II, ed. by Ce J\
Friedrich and E o S. Mason e Cambridge, Graduate School of Public Administration, 1941.
Strayer, P. J., The Individual Income Tax and Income Distribution," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLV, May, 1955, PP» 430-40; comments by W* W.
Heller and Re E* Slitor, ibid., pp. 441-9*
Tucker, R* S., "The Distribution of Income among Income Taxpayers in the
United States, 1863-1935," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LII, Aug*, 1938*
Weaver, Findlay, "Taxation and Redistribution in the United Kingdom," Review of
Economics & Statistics, XXXII, Aug e , 1950, pp. 201-15.
Taxable Capacity and Tax Burdens
Books:
!•
2.
Blough, Roy, The Federal Taxing Process. Hew York, Prentice-Hall, 1952,
PPo 244-52, 260-64,
Colm, G,, and Tarasov, H., Who Pays the Taxes? TNEC Monograph No o 3*
Washington, GPO, 1940.
Shirras, G. F., and Rostas, L., The Burden of British Taxation., New York,
Macmillan, 1943.
3.
15
4O
5«
Stamp, Lord, Wealth and Taxable Capacity, London, King, 1922•
Tax Institute, Limits of Taxable Capacity--A Symposium. Princeton, The
Institute, 1953.
Articles!
1. Bhargava, Ro N., "The Concept of Taxable Capacity," Indian Economic Review,
II, Feb., 1954, ppo -115-21} comment by G. P. Kapur and S. Venu, Ibid.,
Auga, 1954, pp. 104-6*
2. Clark, Colin, "The Danger Point in Taxes," Harper?3, Dec., 1950, pp0 67-9,
*
3* _ _
"Public Finance and the Value of Money," Economic Journal, LV,
D e c , 1945, PPc 371-89.
4. Colm, G., and Waia, H. P., "Some Comments on Tax Burden Comparisons,"
National Tax Journal, V, March, 1952.
5* Crum, W. Lo, "The Taxation of Stockholders," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LXV, Feb., 1950.
•
6. Gates, Ro C , "The Weight of' Taxation in Five Countries, 1938 to 1950j,"
Economic Record, XXVII, Nov., 1952,
* 7* Goode, Richard, "An Economic Limit'on Taxes: Some Recent Discussions,"
National* Tax Journal, V, Sept., 1952, ppo 227=33*
8 0 Groves, H. M., "Are Taxes Too High?" The Annals of the American Academy of
Political & Social Science, Sept., 1952.
9. Heller, ¥0 W«, "How High Can Taxes Go?" Proceedings of the National Tax
Association, 45th Annual Conferencee Sacramento, The Association, 1953>
pp. 243-54.
10•
"Limitations of the Federal Individual Income Tax," Journal of
Finance, VII, May, 1952, pp, 185-202,
11. Higgins, B. H., "A Note on Taxation and Inflation," Canadian Journal of
Economics & Political Science, XIX, Aug., 1953, PP« 392- 402; comments
by Jo No Wolfe, Ibid., XX, May, 1954, pp. 236-8; and Canadian Tax
Journal, I, Nov.-Dec, 1953, PP. 546-7.
12. Kimmel, Lo H., "Our Tax Burden and Taxable Capacity," The Annals of the
American Academy of Political & Social Science, Novo, 1949 > PP* 152-60*
13. Holland, D. M«, "The Differential Tax Burden on Stockholders," American
Economic Reyiev, Supplement, XLV, May, 1955* PP* 415-29.
14. Musgrave, R« A., "Distribution of Tax Payments by Income Groups: A Review,"
Proceedings of the National Tax Association, 45th Annual Conference*
Sacramento, 1953, PP* 179^94•
•1-5• _ _ _ _ _ a n d others, "Distribution of Tax Burdens in 1948," National Tax
Journal5 IV, March, 1951* PP« 1~53> comment by Ro S. Tucker, and
rejoinder, ibid*, V, March, 1952, pp*~269-85.
16• Neisser, A. •, "The Dynamics of Tax Burden Comparisons," National Tax
Journal9 V, Dec*, 1952, pp. 351-64.
* 17* Pechman, J. A., and Mayer, T., "Mro Colin Clark on the Limits of Taxation,"
Review of Economics & Statistics9 XXXIV, Aug*, 1952, ppo 232-4g0
18c Prest, A« Ro, "Statistical Calculations of Tax Burdens,"_Economica, XXII,
Aug., 1955/ PP« 234-45.
19a Ratchford, B. U., "Practical Limitations to the Net Income Tax," Journal of
Finance, VII, May, 1952^ pp« 203-13o
20o Smith, Dan T., "Notes on the Inflationary Consequences of High Taxation,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXIV, Augo, 1952, ppo 243-721, Tucker, R. So, "The Distribution of Government Burdens and Benefits,"
American Economic Review5 Supplement, XLIII, May, 1952«
16
PAET IV
IV. DYNAMIC FACTORS IN THE ECONOMY
A.
Stagnationist Theory —» Controversies of Pre- and Post~War Period
Books:
1»
Hansen, A* E», Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles«
New York, Norton, 1941,
chap o 14 •
2,
3»
4.
5«
6*
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
_ Full Recovery or Stagnation? New York, Norton, 1938*
Keynes, J. M., Hgie General Theory of Employment, Interest, and Money, New
Yorkj Harcourt, Brace, 1936,chaps* 1, 8-10*
Mill, J« S«, Principles of Political Economy ^Ashley edfj • New York, Longmans, 1929, pp. 248-85.
Pigou, A* C , The Economics of Stationary States« London, Macmillan, 1935•
Schumpeter, J. A«, Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York, Harper,
3d ed., 1950.
Business Cycles«, New York, McGraw-Hill, 1939* Vol. II.
Steindl, J. >: Maturity and Stagnation in American Capitalism. Oxford, Blackwell, 1952.
Swanson, E o W., and Schmidt, E. P., Economic Stagnation or Progress—A
Critique of Recent Doctrines on the Mature Economy, Oversavings, and
Deficit Spendingo New York, McGraw-Hill,-1946.
Terborgh, George, The Bogey of Economic Maturity. Chicago, Machinery &
Allied Products Institute, 1945.
Wright, D. M c C , The Economics of Disturbance<, New York, Macmillan, 1947°
Articlesc
1. Abramovitz, M., "Savings and Investments Profits vso Prosperity/1 American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXII, June, 1942, ppo 53-88.
2. Bronfenbrenner, M o , "Some Neglected Implications of Secular Inflation," in
Post-Keynesian Economics, ed. by Ko K. Kurihara. New Brunswick, Rutgers
University Press, 1954, ppo 31-58.
3. Fellner, W. J., "Full Use or Underutilizatiom Appraisal of Long-Run Factors
Other Than Defense," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May,
1954, pp. 423-33.
4.
"The Technological Arguments of the Stagnation Thesis," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LV, Aug., 1941, pp. 638-52.
5. Higgins, B. H., "The Theory of Increasing Underemployment," Economic Journal,
LX, June, 1950, pp. 255-74.
6.
"The Concept of Secular Stagnation," American Economic Review, XL,
March, 1950, pp. 160-6,
7.
"Concepts and Criteria of Secular Stagnation," in Income, Employment
and Public Policy. New York, Norton, 1948„
8. Knight, F. H«, "Issues in the Economics of Stationary States," American
Economic Review, XXVI, Sept., 1936, pp. 393-411.
9. Morton, ¥. A., "Keynesianism and Inflation," Journal of Political Economy,
LIX, June, 1951.
10. Pigou, A. C , "Economic Progress in a Stable Environment," Economica,
Aug., 1947.
11.
"The Classical Stationary State," Economic Journal, LIII, Dec0,
1943, PP. 342-51.
12o Robbins, L. C , "On a Certain Ambiguity in the Conception of Stationary
Equilibrium," Economic Journal, XL, 1930, pp. 194-214.
17
Slichter, S. H., "The Problem of Inflation/1 Review
of Economics & Statistics,
=
XXX, Feb., 1948.
~
— —
— _ _ _
1
14. Sweezy, A, R., "Secular Stagnation/ in Postwar Economic Problems, ed0 by So E o
Harris. New York, McGraw-Hill, 19430
15. Tobin, James, "Taxes, Saving, and Inflation," American Economic Review,
XXXIX, Feb., 1949, ppo 1223-320
16. Wright, Do M., "Inflation and Equality," American Economic Review, XXXVIII,
D e c , 1948, ppo 892=7; comment by Go Ackley, and rejoinder, ibido,
XXXIX, Sept., 1949, pp. 960-6,
17*
"The 'Great Guessing Garnet Terborgh vs 0 Hansen," Review of
Economics & Statistics, XXVIII, Feb o , 1946, ppo 18-22,
13•
B. Capital Formation and Processes of Economic Change and Growth
le
Technology, Population, and Investment
a. Population Factors in Economic Fluctuations
Books o
1. Gordon, Mo S., Employment Expansion and Population Growth0 The
California Experience, 19OO~5Oo Berkeley, University of
California Press, 1954.
2 0 Reddaway, Wo Bo, The Economics of a Declining Population0 London,
Allen & Unwin, 1939.
Articles:
1. Barber, C. L., "Population Growth and Demand for Capital*" American
Economic Review, XLIII, March, 1953, PP° 133=39°
2. Brockie, M o D., "Population Growth and the Rate of Investment,"
Southern Economic Journal, XVII, July, 195°, ppo 1=15°
3.. Davis, J. S., "Economic Potentials of the United States," in National
Policy for Economic Welfare at Home and Abroad, ed. by Robert
Lekachman, Garden City, Doubleday, Doran, 1955, chap0 4.
4* _ _ _ _ _
"Population Upsurge and the American Economy, 1945-80,"
Journal of Political Economy, LXI, 0ct o , 1953, PP* 369-89.
5.
"~
"Our Changed Population Outlook and Its Significance,"
American Economic Review, XLII, June, 1952, ppo 304-25o
6. Dorfman, R., Steiner, P. 0 o , and Reder, Mo W o , "Economic Implications of an Aging Populations Review of the University of
California Research Project," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954, pp0 634-79°
7. Goldenberg, Leon, "Saving in a State with a Stationary Population,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXI, Nov., 1946, pp* 40-62,
8. Gottlieb, M., "The Theory of Optimum Population for a Closed Economy,"
Journal of Political Economy, XXXIII, Dec 0 , 1945.
9» Hansen, A. Ho, "Economic Progress and Declining Population Growth,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXIX, Mar., 1939* PP° 1-15*
10«, Hopkins, W. A o B o , "The Economics of an Ageing Population," Lloyds
Bank Review, Jan o , 1953°
llo Keynes, Jo M., "Some Consequences of Declining Population Growth,"
Eugenics Review, Vol. 39, April, 1937, pp. 13-37*
18
L?6sch, August, "Population Cycles as a Cause of Business Cycles/'
Quarterly Journal of Economic8, LI, Aug0, 19370
13. Peacock, Alan T o , "Theory of Population and Modern Economic
Analysis/' Population Studies, VI, Nov*, 1951; VII, March, 1954,
140 Petersen, William, "John Maynard Keynes3 Theories of Population and
the Concept of fOptimum,'"Population Studies, VIII, Mar0, 1955 0
15. Robbins, Lo Co, "Notes on Some Probable Consequences of the Advent
of a Stationary Population in Great Britain," Economica, IX, 1929O
l6o Smith, To Lo, "The Distribution and Movements of the Aged Population,"
Journal of Business, April, 19540
17. Spengier, Jo J., "Limitation Factors in Population Theoryt A Note,"
Kyklos, VII, Fasc. 3, 1954,
-^* _ = — — "Population Movements and Investment," Pts0 1-2, Journal of
Finance, VI, Dec0, 1951, PP- 343-60; March, 1952, pp, 10-28,
19* ___JIIZ Prospective Population and Income Growth and Fiscal Policy,"
National Tax Journal, V, Sept0, 19500
200
"Conditions for Solving the Aging Population Problem," in
A Survey of Contemporary Economics, II, ed0 "by Bo F. Haley0
Homewood, Irwin, 1953°
21. _ _ _ _ _ "Aspects of the Economics of Population Growth," Pts, 1-2,
Southern Economic Journal, XIII, Oct0, 1947; XIV, Jan., 1948O
22. Tsiang, So C , "The Effect of Population Growth on the General Level
of Employment and Activity," Economica, IX, Novo, 1942a
23. United Kingdom, Royal Commission on Population, Report to Parliament (Henderson Report)o Cmd0 76950 London, H.MoSoO., 1949.
12.
b.
Innovations, Technology, and Business Fluctuations
Books 0
1.
Brozen, Yale, Social Implications of Technological Changeo New
York, Social Science Research Council, 195°°
2. Lederer, Emil, Technical Progress and Unemployment--An Enquiry
into the Obstacles to Economic Expansion London, King, 19380
30 Schumpeter, Jo A., Business Cycles, New York, McGraw-Hill, 1939*
II, pPo 1515 ffo
4. Siegel, Irving H., and Evans, Wo Duane, Effects of Technological
Changeso New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1956„
"
'
50 Terborgh, George, Dynamic Equipment Policyo Chicago, MoAoPdo, 1949<»
Articles:
1. Ames, E., and Ferguson, Ao R o , "Technological Change and the Equilibrium Level of National Income," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LXII, May, 1948, ppo 441-58.
2, Bloom, G. Fo, "Wage Pressure and Technological Discovery," American
Economic Review, XLI> Sept., 1951°
3* Brozen, Yale, "The Role of Technological Change in Regularizing Private Investment," in Regularization of Business Investmento
Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1954, ppo 299~31bo
4. Brown, Weir, "?Labor Savingf and fCapital Savingf Innovations,"
Southern Economic Journal, XIII, 0cto, 1946, ppo 101-14.
19
5. Deibler, F o S., "The Effects of Industrial and Technological
Developments upon the Demand for Capital," American
Economic. Review, Supplement, XXIX, Mar0, 1939°
6. Frankel, Marvin, "Obsolescence and Technological Change in a
Maturing Economy," American Economic Review, XLV, June,
1955, PPo 296-319o
7. Goodwin, Ro Mo, "Innovations and the Irregularity of Economic
Cycles," Review of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, May, 1946,
pPo 95-104 o
80 Keirstead, B o So, "Technical Advance and Economic Equilibrium,"
Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science, IX,
19437 PP* 55-68o
9o Maclaurin, Wo R o , "Innovation and Capital Formation," in Capital
Formation and Economic Growtho Princeton, Princeton University
Press, 1955o
?rocess of Technological Innovation," American
Economic Review, XL, March, 1950c
11 a HJeisser, Ho Po, "'Permanent" Technological Unemployment," American
Economic Review, XXXII, March, 1942, pp o 50-71o
* 12, Siegel, I. H«, "Conditions of American Technological Progress,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954, ppo l6l-77.
13. Solo, C. Ro, "Innovation in Capitalist Progress: A Critique of the
Schumpeterian Theory," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXV, Aug 0 ,
1951 o
14o Terborgh, G,, "Innovation in American Progress," American Economic
Review, XL, May, 1950,
~~
~
15. Usher, A o P., "Technical Change and Capital Formation," in Capital
Formation and Economic Growth, ed. by M. Abramovitz „ Princeton,
Princeton University Press, 1955°
16. Weintraub, Do, "Effects of Current and Prospective Technological
Developments upon Capital Formation," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXIX, Mar., 1939, PPo 15-32o
c.
Inventories and Cyclical Instability
Books o
1. Abramovitz,
erence
Bureau
2 8 Hawtrey, Ro
1952.
M., ^Inventories and Business Cycles—With Special Refto Manufacturers Inventories0 New York, National
of Economic Research, 1950Go, Capital and Employment, London, Longmans, rev0 ed.,
Articleso
L
Abramovitz, M a , "Influence of Inventory Investment on Business
Cycles," in Conferenceon Business Cycles. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1951•
2. Barber, C, L», "Inventory Fluctuations in Canada, 1918-50,"
Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science, XVIII, Aug 0 ,
1952.
3e Mack, Ro Po, "The Process of Capital Formation in Inventories and
the Vertical Propagation of Business Cycles," Review of
Economics & Statistics, XXXV, Aug,, 1953* PP=
20
Metzler, L. A., "Factors Governing the Length of Inventory Cycles,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXIX, Feb 0 , 1947, pp0 1=15,
^ ^ "Business Cycles and the Modern Theory of Employment/'
American Economic Review, XXXVI, June, 1946, pp0 278-91,
?Trnie
Nature a n d Stability of Inventory Cycles," Review of
Economics & Statistics, XXIII, Aug0, 1941, pp0 113-290
7. Mills, E o S., "Expectations, Uncertainty and Inventory Fluctuations,"
Review of Economic Studies, XXIl(l), No* 57, 1954/55,
8. Nurkse, Ragnar, "Period Analysis and Inventory Cycles," Oxford
Economic Papers, VI, Sept,, 1954, pp0 203-25; comment by E, So
Mills, ibido, VII, June, 1955, pp0 226~8O
Mr
9«
nie Cyclical Pattern of Inventory Investment," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LXVI, Aug,, 1952, pp0 385-408.
10o Whitin, To M o , "inventory Control in Theory and Practice," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LXVI, Nov*, 1952, pp0 502-210
d.
Building-Transport Cycles
Books 0
lo
2.
3o
Buckley* Kenneth, Capital Formation in Canada, 1896- 193O-* Toronto,
University of Toronto Press, 1955•
Long, C. D., Building Cycles and the Theory of Investmento Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1940o
Silberling, No Jo, The Dynamics of Business0 New York, McGraw-Hill,
1943, chapso 9-10o
Articleso
1.
Bowen, Ian, "Building Output and the Trade Cycle, Uo K o , 1924-38,"
Oxford Economic Papers, Noo 3, Feb., 1940«
2. Burns, A. F., "Long Cycles in Residential Construction," in Wesley
C« Mitchell: The Economic Scientist„ New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 19520
3. Isard, Walter, "Transport Development and Building Cycles," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVI, Novo, 1942, pp0 90=112o
4
« _ _ _ _ _ _ _ " A Neglected Cycles The Transport-Building Cycle,"
Review of Economic Statistics, XXV, Novo, 19430
and Moses, Leon, "Frickey, Burns and Mitchell, and the
Transport-Building Cycle," Review of Economics 8c Statistics,
XXXII, Novo, 1950, ppo 347-51-
C. Financial Structure and Economic Growth
1.
Institutional Savings-Investment"
Some Trends and Their Implications
Bqoks:
lo Boehmler, E o W o , and others, Financial Institutions. Chicago, Irwin, 1951*
2. Dearing, Co L o , Retirement Pensions» Washington, Brookings, 1954,
3. Gesell, G. H., and Howe, E o Jo, Study of Legal Reserve Life Insurance
Companies 0 TNEC Monograph No. 28. Washington, GPO, 1941\
21
4.
* 5.
* 6c
7o
8.
9.
10.
Goldsmith,^Ro Wo, The Share of Financial Intermediaries in National
Wealth and National Assets, 1900-490 " Occasional Paper 42 e
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1954„
Heller, Wo W o , Boddy, Fo M o , and Nelson, Co Lo £EdSo^ , Savings in the
Modern Economy0 Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 1953,
Law and Contemporary Problems, "Institutional Investmentso" Duke
University Law School, XVII, Winter, 1952o
McCahan, David £Ed<T] , Investment of Life Insurance Funds „ Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1953°
Paish, Fo Wo, and Schwartz, Go Lo, Insurance Funds and Their Investment0
London, King, 19340
Rauschenbush, Stephen, Pension in Our Economy. Washington, Public
Affairs Press, 1934o
Saulnier, Ro Jo, Urban Mortgage Lending by Life Insurance Companieso
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1950o
Articleso
1.
Badger, S. C , "Unusual Features of Life Insurance Investing," Journal
of Finance, VI, June, 1951, pp« 77-840
™
2. Bowen, Ho Ro, and Meier, Go Mo, "Institutional Aspects of Economic Fluctuations," in Post-Keynesian Economics, ed0 by K* K* Kurihara0 New
Brunswick, Rutgers University Press, 1955> chap0 60
3. Clayton, G., "The Role of the British Life Assurance Companies in the
Capital Market," Economic Journal, LXI, March, 19510
4. Conklin, Go T o , "Direct Placements,"'journal of Finance, VI, June, 1951,
pp0 85-II80
5. Corson, J. Jo, Guthmann, Ho Go, and Murray, Ro F o , "Impact of Pension
Funding on the American Economy," Journal of Finance, VII, May,
1952, pPo 260-776. Edmunds, Starhl, "Financing Capital Formation," Harvard Business Review,
XXVIII, Jan., 1950, ppo 33-41,
7. Fraine, Ho Go, "The Valuation of Security Holdings of Life Insurance Companies," Journal of Finance, VI, June, 1951, PP° 124-380
* 80 Frost, Raymond^ "Some Implications of the Growth of Investment by Institutions, 1938-53," Oxford Economic Papers, VII, Feb,, 1955, PPo 1=10.
9c Garvy, George, "The Effect of Private Pension Plans on Personal Savings,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXII, Novo, 1950o
10. Geren, P o , "The Contribution of Life Insurance to the Savings Stream,"
Journal of Political Economy, XLIX, Febo, 194311o Jones, Homer, "The Optimum Rate of Investment, the Savings Institutions,
and the Banks," American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May,
1948, ppo 321-39~
12.
"Investment in Equities by Life Insurance Companies," Journal of
" " Finance, V, June, 1950o
1
3- _ _ _ - , n T h e F l o w o f Savings," Ptso 1-2, Journal of Finance, III, 0cto,
1948, pp0 1-26; IV, March, 1949, PP» 28-46o
14. McDiarmid, Fo Jo, "Current Trends in Institutional Investments," Journal
of Finance, IV, June, 1949o
15o
"Statistics in Insurances Life Company Investments and the
Capital Markets," Journal of the American Statistical Association,
June, 1948.
16. Morton, W* A., "The Structure of the Capital Market and the Price of Money,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954, ppo 440~54o
17« Nerlove, S. H., "Common Stocks as Investments for American Life Insurance
Companies? A Non-Academic View," Pts. 1-2, Journal of Finance, III, Oct0,
http://fraser.stlouisfed.org/
1948, ppo 455-70.
Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis
22
18.
20o
21.
22*
23.
24•
25c
26o
27o
2
•
O'Leary, Jo Jo, "The Institutional Saving-Investment Process and Current Economic Theory," Ameri.can_Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV",
May, 1954, pPo 455-70o
__
"The Effects of Recent Credit and Debt Management Policies
upon Life Insurance Company Investments," Journal of Finance, VII,
May, 1952, ppo 307-20o
Paish, Fo Wo, and Peacock, Ao T o , "The Economics of Pension Funds,"
Lloyds Bank Review, 0cto, 1954„
Preston, Esme, "Personal Saving through Institutional Channels," Oxford Institute of Statistics, Bulletin, XIV, Sept0, 1952O
Saunders, Ro Duane, "Government Securities in the Corporate Pension
Trust Picture," Proceedings of the American Statistical Association,
Montreal, Septo 10-13, 1954, ppo 159-65*
Saulnier, R. Jo, "Insurance Company Urban Mortgage Lending and the
Business Cycle," Journal of Finance, V, D e c , 1950o
Schmidt, Co H o , "Savings Institutions and Capital Markets," Federal
Reserve Bulletin, March, 1949o
Scott, Eo E., Sutton, B o , and O'Leary, Jo J., "Financial Problems of
Insurance Companies," Journal of Finance, IX, Mdy, 1954, pp* 136-76°
Waterman, Mo Ho, "Sources of Long-Term Capital," Michigan Business
Review, May, 1953 o
Corporate Earnings, Savings, and Capital Investment
Books 1
1. Amos, Jo Eo, The Economics of Corporate Savingo Urbana, University
of Illinois Press, 1937„
2o Corey, Eo R o , Direct Placement of Corporate SecuritiesP Boston,
Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration, 1951°
3o Dauten, Co A o , Business Finance. New York, Prentice-Hall, 3d printing, 1949o
4e Dewing, Arthur So, The Financial Policy of Corporations„ New York,
Ronald Press, 5th edo, 19531
5. Dobrovolsky, So P., Corporate Income Retention, 1915-43o New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1951°
60 Henderson, R,o Fo, The New Issue Market and the Finance of Industry,
Cambridge, Bowes & Bowes, 1951»
7. Hickman, W. Braddock, Trends and Cycles in Corporate Bond Financingo
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 19520
8O Jacoby, No Ho, and Saulnier, Ro Jo, Business Finance and Banking.,
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 19479. Jones, Homer, Facilitating the Flow of Savings into Private Investmente
CED Research Study . New York, McGraw-Hill, 1955°
10. Kaplan, A. Do Ho, Small Businesss Its Place and Problems0 New York,
McGraw-Hill, 194911. Koch, A. Ro, The Financing of Large Corporations, 1920-39P New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1943°
12o Lutz, Fo A., Corporate Cash Balances, 1914-43. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1945.
13. Mack, Ro P., The Flow of Business Funds and Consumer Purchasing Power.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1941o
23
14.
15•
l6o
17•
Macrae, Norman, The London Capital Market0 London, Staples Press, 1955°
Merwin, Co L o , Financing Small Corporations in Five Manufacturing Industries, 1926-357 New York, "1942o
' "
Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economic Research:
(a) Regularization of Business Investmento Princeton, Princeton
University Press, 1954c
(b) Conference on Research in Business Financeo New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1952o
Uo S o Congress, Joint Committee on the Economic Report, Volume and
Stability of Private Investmento Hearings O o O Dec 0 6-I6/T949T
Washington, GPO, 1950o
Articleso
1. Abbott, Co Co, "Sources of Business Funds: Selected Statistics, 193044,tT Review of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, Aug o , 1946, pp. 135-45*
2o Anderson, Clay J o , "Trends in the Supply of Equity Capital/1 Harvard
Business Review, XXVIII, Sept 0 , 1950, pp 0 79-890
3« Blom, F o ¥0 Co, "Business Savings and Employment," Oxford Economic^
Papers, III, June, 1951°
4« Bogen, Jo I.o, "The Importance of Equity Financing in the American
Economy," Journal of Finance, V, June, 1950, pp 0 170-80
5. Brandt, L o K o , "Sources of Funds for Financing Plant Expansion, 1946-48/
Southern Economic Journal, XV, Jan 0 , 1949°
60 Butler, Wo P., and Ulin, R. P o , "Business Needs for Venture Capital,"
Harvard Business Review, XXVIII, July, 1950, PP° 52-650
7* Corey, E o R«, "Corporate Financing by Direct Placement," Harvard
Business Review, XXVIII, Nov o , 1950, ppo 67-760
&c Dauten, Co A., and Welshans, Mo T o , "Investment Development Companies,"
Journal of Finance, VI, Sept 0 , 1951, PP° 276-9O0
9o Dobrovolsky, S, P., "Capital Formation and Financing Trends in Manufacturing and Mining, 1900-53," Journal of Finance, X, May, 1955,
pp 0 250-65.
"
"
_ _ "Corporate Retained Earnings and Cyclical Fluctuations,"
"American Economic Review, XXXV, Sept 0 , 1945, pp 0 559-74 „
ll 0 Erskine, Go, "Finance for Industry," Journal, of the Institute of
Bankers, LXXVI, June, 1955, ppo 153-72«
12« Frost, Raymond, "The Macmillan Gap, 1931-53>" Oxford Economic Papers,
VI, June, 1954, ppo 181-201•
13• Henderson, R o Fo, "The Significance of the New Issue Market for the
Finance of Industry," Economic Journal, LVIII, March, 1948O
14. Humphrey, Don., "The Relation of Surpluses to Income and Employing during
the Depression," American Economic Review, XXVIII, June, 193§, pp* 223-34.
15o Jacoby, No Ho, "The Demand for Funds by American Business "Enterpriseso°
Retrospect and Prospect," Pts 0 1-2, Journal of Finance, III, Oct 0 ,
1948; IV, March, 1949.
* l6o Jones, Homer, "Institutional Changes to Facilitate Equity Investment,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, LX, May, 1950* 17. Kuznets, Simon, "Factors in the Demand for Capital Funds," in Investment of Life Insurance Funds, ed0 by D. McCahan. Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1953* chap0 2.
* 180 Lintner, John, "The Determinants of Corporate Saving," in Savings in
the Modern Economy0 Minneapolis Press, 1953* PP° 230^60o
19. McFerrin, J, Bo, The Structure of the American Capital Market,"
Southern Economic Journal, XXI, Jan 0 , 1955* PP° 247-60o
24
20*
21o
22.
23.
24.
25.,
26.
27.
Ruggles, Co, "The Relation of Corporate Surpluses and Employment,"
American Economic Review, XXIX, Dec o , 1939, PP° 724-33o
Schmidt, C, Ho, "Meeting the Long-Term Capital Requirements of Small
Business," Journal of Finance, VI, June, 1951, 143-9o
Schmidt, E o P o / "The Role and Problems of Small Business," Law and
Contemporary Problems, XVI, Summer-Autumn, 1945°
Sharp, Co Ho, "Public and Private Financing of Business Enterprise,"
Economic Journal, LXI, Dec 0 , 1951°
Smith Dan T., "Government Financial Aid to Small Business," Journal
of Finance, VI, June, 1951, ppo 150-6,
Tarshis, L*, "The Flow of Business Funds, Consumption and Investment,"
in Post-Keynesian Economics, New Brunswick, Rutgers University
Press, 1954o
Ulmer, Mo J o , "Long-Term Trends in the Financing of Regulated Industries, I87O-1950," Journal of Finance, X, May, 1955, pp 0 266-67.
Weidenhammer, Robert, "Causes and Repercussions of the Faulty Investment of Corporate Savings," American Economic Review, XXIII, Mar o ,
1933, PPo 35-41,
25
PART V
FISCAL POLICY;
A.
THTORETICAL ANALYSIS ABB LESSORS OF EXPERIENCE
General D i s c u s s i o n s
Bookso
1.
2.
3o
4.
5°
60
7'.
8.
9.
10o
Ho
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Colm, Gerhard, Essays on Public Finance and Fiscal Policyo New York,
Oxford University Press, 1955o
Dalton, Hugh, Principles of Public Financeo New York, Praeger, revo
ed., 1955o
Eccles, Mo So, Economic Balance and Unbalanced Worldo New York> Harper, 1940.
Groves, H. M o , Viewpoints on Public Finance. New York, Holt, 1947o
Hansen, Ao H o , Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles„ New York, Norton, 1941«
Homan, P., and Machlup, Fo £Eds0J, Financing American Prosperity0 New York,
Twentieth Century Fund, 19450
Income, Employment, and Public Policy0 Essays in Honor of Ao Ho Hansen«,
New York, Norton, 1945'e
Maxwell, Jo A o , Fiscal Policyo Its Techniques and Institutional Settingo
New York, Holt, 19550
Millikan, Max£Ed/], Income Stabilization in a Developing Democracy0 New
Haven, Yale University Press, 1953°
Pigou, A, Co, A Study in Public Financeo London, Macmillan, 3d rev* ed0, 1951c
Poole, L Eo Edo , Fiscal Policies and the American Economy. New York,
Prentice-Hall, 1951,
Rolph, Eo R., The Theory of Fiscal Economics, Berkeley, University of
California Press, 1954o
Simons, H« C o , Economic Policy for a Free Societyo Chicago, University
of Chicago Press, 1947,
Smithies, A o , and Butters, Jo Ko jjildsoj, Readings in Fiscal Policy, Homewood,
Irwin, 1955o
Somers, H. M o , Public Finance and National Incomea Philadelphia, Blakiston,
1949.
Wernette, J. P., The Future of American Prosperityo New York, Macmillan, 1955«
Williams, J. Ho, Economic Policy in a Changing World„ New York, Oxford
University Press, 1953°
Articles'
1.
2.
3.
4o
5o
6.
Harriss, Co L., "Public Finance," in A Survey of Contemporary Economics, II,
ede by Bo Fo Haley0 Homewood, Irwin, 1952, ppo 261-303.
Musgrave, Ro A o , "Fiscal Policy in Prosperity and Depression/1 American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May, 1948, pp0 383-94„
Samuelson, Po A o , "Principles and Rules in Modern Fiscal Policy," in Money,
Trade, and Economic Growth0 In Honor of Jo H. Williams * New York,
Macmillan, 1951«
Schumacher, Eo F o , "Public Finance--Its Relation to Full En^loyment," in
The Economics of Full Employment0 Oxford, Blackwell, 19440
Smithies, A., "Federal Budgeting and Fiscal Policy," in A Survey of Contemporary Economics, I, edo by H. S. Ellis• Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1947*
Strayer, P. Jo, "An Appraisal of Current Fiscal Theory," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XLII, May, 1952, pp* 138-46o
26
B.
Tax and Budget Problems and Policies
1«
Tax Revenues and Federal Expenditures
Books:
*
*
*
*
1. Anderson, ¥ 0 Ho, Taxation and the American Economy0 New York, PrenticeHall, 1951o
2, Blough, Roy, The Federal Taxing Process. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1952o
3. Browne, Vo Jo, The Control of the Public Budget0 Washington, Public
Affairs Press, 1949o
4 0 Committee for Economic Development, Control of Federal Expenditures„
New York, CED, Jano, 1955o
5o Crockett, Joseph P o , Federal Tax System of the United Stateso New York,
Columbia University Press, 1955 o
6. Douglas, Paul Ho, Economy in the National Governmento Chicago, University
of Chicago Press, 1952.
7« Due, JohnFo, Government Finances An Economic Analysis0 Homewood, Irwin, 1954c
8. Groves, Ho M o , Trouble Spots in Taxation, Princeton, Princeton University
Press, 1948O
9. Kimmel, L. H., Tax Bases and Tax Policyo Washington, Brookings, 1955.
-^* _ _ _ _ . Government Costs and Tax Levels 0 Washington, Brookings, 1948O
11. Paul, Randolph, Taxation in the United States, Boston, Little, Brown, 1954o
12. Smithies, Arthur, The Budgetary Process in the United Stateso New York,
13. Van de Woestyne, R. So Ed. , Some Problems in Federal Taxationo Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1949O
2.
Federal Budget in Theory and Practice
Books o
1.
2.
Chubb, B e , The Control of Public Expenditure0 Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1952O
Colm, Gerhard, Essays on Public Finance and Fiscal Policy, New York,
Oxford University Press, 1954o
3.
and Young, M«, The Federal Budget and the National Economy--How to
Make the Federal Budget a Better Tool of Fiscal Policy0 Washington,
National Planning Association, 1955°
4. Committee for Economic Development, The Stabilizing Budget Policy; What It
Is and How It Works „ New York, 1950 0
5« Dalton, Hugh, Principles of Public Finance. New York, Praeger, rev. edo, 1955*
60 Hansen, Ao H o , Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles, New York, Norton, 1941,
chap o 10 o
78
8.
9.
10 o
11.
Hicks, Jo R o , The Problem of Budgetary Reform,, London, Oxford University
Press, 1948o
— Hicks, U. K., Public Financeo London, Nisbet, 1947.
Lerner, Ao P o , The Economics of Control„ New York, Macmillan, 19440
Lindahl, Erik, Studies in the Theory of Money and Capitalo New York, Farrar
& Rinehart, 1939, PP° 351-840
National Tax Association, Budgetary Policy and the Economic Outlooko Proceedings of the 41st Annual Conference0 Sacramento, The Association, 1948,
papers by E. E o Hagen, Jo K, Langum, Co S. Shoup, and Herbert Stein.
Articles:
1. Burkhead, Jesse, "The Balanced Budget," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVIII,
May, 1954, pp0 191-216; comment by Ho Stein, and reply, ibid0, LXIX, Feb.,
1955, PP. 153-6«
27
2.
3.
4o
5«
60
7*
8.
9.
10.
lie
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17 e
180
19°
20.
21.
Burkhead, Jesse, "The Outlook for Federal Budget Making/' National
Tax Journal, II, Dec,,, 1949,, ppo 289-990
Burrows, D. So, "A Program Approach to Federal Budgeting," Harvard
Business Review, XXVII, May, 1949o
'
~
Cohn, S. Mo, "Managing the Federal Budget0S! Washington, American Society
of Public Administration, 1952o 10 pp0
Colgate, So Bayard, "A Business Look at Government Spending," Harvard
Business Review, XXXII, July-Augo, 1955, PP° 112-20o
Colm, Gerhard, "Fiscal Policy and the Federal Budget," in Economic
Stabilization in a Developing Democracy, edo by Mo Millikan* New
Haven, Yale University Press, 1953, pi>7 213-60o
_ _ _
"Comment on Extraordinary Budgets," Social Research, V, May, 1938,
pp 0 168-81.
—
—
Douglas, P. H«, "The Federal Budget," Journal of Finance, V, June, 1950.
Hagen, E o Eo, "Some Implications of the CED's 'Stabilizing Budget Policy/"
Proceedings of the 49th Annual Conferenceo Sacramento, National Tax
Association, 1948, pp, 48l-91o
Hague, D. C o , "Keynesian Budget-Building," Westminster Bank Review, Feb,, 1953,
Hicks, Uo K., "The Budget as an Instrument of Policy, 1#37-1953," Three Banks
Review, June, 19530
Leppo, Matti, "The Double-Budget System in the Scandinavian Countries,"
Public Finance,, V, noo 2, 1950, pp 0 137-460
Mansfield, Edwin, "Congressional Alteration of the Executive Budget,"
Southern Economic Journal, XX, Jan o , 1954, pp. 252-70
Marx, Fritz Morstein, "The Divided Budget in Scandinavian Practice,"
National Tax Journal, VIII, June, 1955, PP* 186-2000
Maxwell, Jo A., "The Capital Budget," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVII,
May, 1943o
Musgrave, Ro A o , "A Multiple Theory of the Budget," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XLVI, May, 195&O
lT
_____
The Nature of Budgetary Balance and the Case for the Capital
Budget," American Economic Review, XXIX, June, 1939, PP° 260-71o
National City Bank of New York, "Compensatory Budget: Theory vs 0 Practice," Monthly Letter, Dec o , 1949, pp. 139-430
Seckler-Hudson, C , "Performance Budgeting in the Government of the United
States," Public^ Finance^ VII, No o 4, 1952O
_ _ _ _ _ _ n The Current Trends in Public Budgeting in the United States,"
Public Finance, VI, No o 4, 1951o
Thompson, 'Spencer, H The Investment Budget," in Public Policy, II. Cambridge, Harvard Graduate School of Public Administration, 1941, chapo 2O
a.
Some Current Debates on the Budget
(l) Balanced Budget Theorem
Booko
I,
Baumol, Wo J o , and Chandler, L e V o ,
New York, Harper, 1954O
Economic Processes and Policies,
28
Articleso
1.
20
3°
4.
5o
6.:
7°
80
9.
10.
11.
(2)
Baumol, W. J o , and Peston, M o EL, "More on the Multiplier Effects
of a Balanced Budget under Full Employment," American Economic
Review, XLV, March, 1955o
Gehrels, Franz, "Inflationary Effects of a Balanced Budget under
under Full Employment," American Economic Review, XXXIX, Dec o ,
1949, PPo 1276-80
Granie^ J o , "Budgetary Equilibrium, ,a Wrong Guarantee against
Inflation," Openbare Finaneifen, IV, no, 3, 1949„
Haavelmo, T o , "Multiplier Effects of a Balanced Budget,"
Econometrica, XIII, Oct., 1945, pp o 311-18. Reprinted in
Readings in Fiscal Policy.
Haberler, Go, and others, "Multiplier Effects of a Balanced Budget,"
Econometrica, XIV, April, 1946, pp o 148-58O
Hagger, A o , "The Balanced Budget Theorem," Economic Record, XXX,
May, 1955 Feston, M o Ho, M A Note on the Balaned Budget Multiplier," American
Economic Review, XLIV, Mar o , 1954, pp, 129-30o
Sanujelson, P. A., ^The Simple Mathematics of Income Determination,"
i n Income, Employment, and Public Policy0 New York, Norton, 1948 0
Turvey, Ralph, "Some Notes on Multiplier Theory," American Economic
Review, XLIII, June, 1953, PP° 275.95.
¥allich, Ho Co, "Income-Generating Effects of a Balanced Budget,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LIX, Nov o , 1944, pp 0 78-9I0
\(hite, W. Ho, "Measuring the Inflationary Significance of a Government Budget," IMF—Staff Papers I, April, 1951, PP° 355-78.
Budget Flexibility and
!
Built-in2 Stabilizers
Books o
1.
2.
3.
4o
Hart, Ao Go, Money, Debt and Economic Activity, New York, PrenticeHall, 2d revo ed., 1953°
Maxwell, J. A., Fiscal Policy<> Its Techniques and Institutional
Setting, New York, Holt, 1955o
Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economic Research,
Policieg to Combat Depression
Special Conference Series .
Princeton, Princeton University Press, in process 1955°
White, Mo I o , Personal Income Tax Reduction in a Business Contraction«,
New York, Columbia University Press, 1951°
Articles 1
1.
23.
4.
Musgrave, R o A,, "TheFiacal Outlook," Journal of Business, XXVII,
Jan.,-1.954, pp- 4-16.
and Miller, M. H., "Built-in Flexibility," American
Edonomic Review, XXXVIII, March, 1948, pp. 122=8.
Pechman, J. A., "Yield of the Individual Income Tax during a Recession," National Tax Journal, VII, Mar., 1954, pp. 1-16,
Slitor, R. E., "The Measurement of Progressivity and Built-in
Flexibility," Quarterly Journal of Economics, IXII, Feb., 1948,
PP* 309-13.
59
—
-
-
—
—
_____
"^he Flexibility of Income Tax Yield under Averaging,"
Journal of Political Economy, LIV, Jun^, 1946, pp e 266=8.
6.
7.
3.
Vickrey, W,, "Some Limits to Income Elasticity of Income
Tax Yields/ 1 Review of Economics 8c Statistics, XXXI,
May, 1949, pp. 140-6.
Walter, J. E., MTax Sensitivity," Southern Economic Journal,
XVII, April, 1951, PP. 422-37.
Taxation:
a.
Instruments and Objectives
Income and Profits Taxation —
Principles and Practices
Books:
1.
2.
*
34.
5.
*
6.
7.
8.
9-.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Blakey, R. G., and Blakey, G. C , The Federal Income Tax. New York,
Longmans, 1941.
Dobrovolsky, S. Po, Corporate Income Taxation,1909-50* Occasional
Paper. New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1955Due, John F», Government Finances An Economic Analysis. Homewood,
Irwin, 1954, chaps. 7~10*
Fisher, Irving, and Fisher, H. W., Constructive Income Taxation.
New York, Harper, 1942.
Gaa, C. J., The Taxation of Corporate Income. Urbana, University
of Illinois Press, 1944.
Goode, Richard, The Corporate Income Tax. New York, Wiley, 1950.
Groves, H. M., Postwar Taxation and Economic Progress. New York,
MeGraw-Hi11, 1946, chap. 11.
Hall, James K., The Taxation of Corporate Surplus Accumulations.
Washington,1952*
Magill, R. C ,
Taxable Income. New York, Ronald Press, rev. ed., 1945 <
Perry, J. H. , Taxes , Tariffs^"and Subsidies. Toronto, University of
Toronto Press, 1955- Vol. II, chaps. 24-26.
Petrie, J. R. v The Taxation of Corporate Income in Canada. Toronto,
University of Toronto Press, 1952,
Ratner, Sidney, American Taxation: Its History as a Social Force.
New York, Norton, 1942.
Simons, H. C , Personal Income Taxation. Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, 193b.
Strayer, P. J., The Taxation of Small Incomes. New York, Ronald
Press, 1939.
Tax Institute, How Should Corporations Be Taxed? New York, The
Institute, 1947*
U. S. Treasury Department, The Fiscal Significance of the Corporate
Income Tax. Washington, GPO, 19470
Articles0.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Buehler, A. Go, "The Theory of Business Taxation," in Taxation and
Business Concentration, Princeton, Tax Institute, 1950.
Colm, Gerhard, "The Corporation and the Corporate Income Tax in the
American Economy," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV,
May, 1954, pp. 486-503*
"Conflicting Theories of Corporate Income Taxation," in
Law and Contemporary Problems. Duke University Law School,
1940, pp. 281-90.
"
Crick, W. F., "Government Finance as an Instrument of Monetary
Policy," in Monetary and Banking Policies: A Comparative Survey
of World Trends0 London, Staples Press, 1955•
30
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Eaton, K., "Recent Developments in Corporate Taxation in Canada/1
National Tax Journal, III, March, 1950, pp. 75-81.
Grove, H. M=, "A General Appraisal of the American Tax Problem," The
Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science,
Vol. 266, Nov., 1949, PP. 49-54.
Heller, W. W*, and others, "Practical Limitations of the Federal
Net Income Tax," Journal of Finance, VII, May, 1952, pp. 185-242.
Kendrick, M. S., "The Ability to Pay Theory of Taxation," American
Economic Review, XXIX, Mar., 1939, PP° 92-101.
Perry, J. H., "Development of the Corporation Income Tax," Report
of the Proceedings of the 5th Tax Conference, Toronto,
Canadian Tax Foundation, 1951/ PP° 16-30.
(!)
Progressivity
Books:
1. Blum, W. J., and Kalven, H., Jr., The Uneasy Case for Progressive
Taxation. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 19532. Shebab, F., Progressive Taxation: A Study in the Development of
the Progressive Principle in the British Income Tax, New York,
Oxford University Press, 1953o
3. Vickrey, William, Agenda for Progressive Taxation. New York,
Ronald Press, 1947.
Articles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fagan, E. Do, "Recent and Contemporary Theories of Progressive
Taxation," Journal of Political Economy, XLVI, Aug., 1938,
pp. 458-85.
Harrlss, C. L., "Revenue Implications of a Progressive Rate Tax
on Expenditures," Review of Economic Statistics, XXV, Aug.
1943, pp. 175-91.
Harrod, R. F., "Progressive Taxation and Equal Sacrifice,"
Economic Journal, XL, D e c , 1930, pp. 704-7.
Musgrave, R. A., and Thin, Tun, "Income Tax Progression, 192948," Journal of Political Economy, LVI, D e c , 1948, pp. 498-514.
Preinreich, G. A. Do, "Progressive Taxation and Sacrifice," XXXVIII,
March, 1948, pp. 103-17.
(2) Profits Taxation
Books:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Buehler, A. G., The Undistributed Profits Tax. New York, McGrawHill, 1937.
Curran, K. J,, Excess Profits Taxation. Washington, American
Council on Public Affairs, 1943.
Gillim, M. H., The Incidence of Excess Profits Taxation. New
York, Columbia University Press, 1945.
Hicks, J. R., Hicks, U* K., and Rostas, L., The Taxation of War
Wealth, London, Oxford University Press, 1941• Pt. II.
5*
6.
7.
8.
9.
10*
Lav and Contemporary Problems, "Excess Profits Taxation,Tt Duke University School of Law, X, No. 1, 1943.
Lent, George E., The Impact of the Undistributed Profits Tax. New
York, Columbia University Press, 1940.
~ ~
"~
Moult, F. G., Economic Consequences of E.P.T., London, Fiscal Press,
1943.
Tax Institute, Excess Profits Taxation. A Symposium* Princeton,
Tax Institute, 1953»
United Kingdom, Radcllffe Royal Commission, Taxation of Profits and
Income [Cmd, 9474)- London, H.MoS.O*, 1955Millard Tucker Committee, Report on the Taxation of Trading
and Business Profits [Crnd* 8189J. London, H.M.S.O., April, 1951Articles:
!•
2.
34.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
b.
Banker, The, "Reforming the Tax System" (on Radcliffe Report), CV,
CV, July, 1955, PP» 15-24.
Blough, Roy, "Measurement Problems of the Excess Profits Tax," National
Tax Journal, I, D e c , 1948, pp. 353-65.
Boulding, K. E., "The Incidence of a Profits Tax," American Economic
Review, XXXIV, Sept., 1944, pp. 567-72Burrell, 0. K.> "The Impact of the Excess Profits Tax," Oregon
Business Review, Feb., 1951•
Dugan, J. E*, and Zubrow, R. A*, "The Influence of the Excess Profits Tax
on Business Decisions to Invest," National Tax Journal, VII, Sept.,
1954, pp. 242-51*
Keith, E. Gordon, Smith, D. T., and others, "Symposium on the Excess
Profits Tax," National Tax Journal, IV, Sept., 1951, PP* 194-254.
Lacey, K., "The Tucker Report and the Technique of Adjusting Taxable
Profits for Price Changes," Economic Journal, LI, D e c , 1951*
Lent, G. E., "Excess Profits Taxation in the United States," Journal
of Political Economy, LIX, D e c , 1951, pp. 481-97
Paish, F. W*, "Company Profits and Their Distribution," District Bank
Review, June, 1955.
Ratchford, B. Uo, "The Federal Excess Profits Tax." Pts. 1-2, Southern
Economic Journal, XII, July, 1945, pp o 1-16; Oct., 1945, pp. 97-114.
Rudick, Eo J., "The Effect of the Excess Profits Tax on Business,"
Proceedings of the 44th Annual Conference. Sacramento, National
Tax Association, 1952, pp. 404-13.
Severson, Lewis, "General Relief Provisions of the Excess Profits Tax,"
National Tax Journal, II, Sept., 1949, pp o 247-58.
Shoup, Co S., "The Taxation of Excess Profits," Political Science Quarterly, LV, D e c , 1940, pp. 535-55; LVI, Mar., 1941, pp. 84-106, and
June, 1941, pp 0 226-49»
Federal Taxation of Capital Gains
Books:
1.
2.
Seltzer, L« H*, The Nature and Treatment of Capital Gains and Losses.
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1951.
U, S. Treasury Department, Tax Advisory Staff, Federal Income Tax Treatment of Capital Gains and Losses. Washington, D. Co, 1951.
32
Articles:
* 1.
Break, G. F., "On the Deductibility of Capital Losses under the Income
Tax/1 Journal of Finance, VII, May, 1952, pp. 214-29.
2. Cloe, C. W., "Capital Gains and the Changing Price Level," National
Tax Journal, V, Sept., 1952, pp. 207-17.
3. Director, A., "Capital Gains and High Rates of Progressive Taxation,"
Proceedings of 46th Annual Conference. Sacramento, National Tax
Association, 1954.
4. Douglas, M., "Income Receipts vs. Capital Gains under the Canadian Income
Tax Law," Tax Bulletin, I, Nov.-Dec, 1951, pp. 166-89.
5- Kaldor, N., "The Income Burden of Capital Taxes," Review of Economic
Studies, IX, No. 2, Summer, 1942.
6. Miller, P., "Capital Gains Taxation of the Fruits of Personal Effort:
Before and Under the 1954 Code/' Yale Law Journal, Nov., 1954.
7.
"The fCapital Asset" Concept: A Critique of Capital Gains
Taxation," Yale Law Journal, April, 1950.
8. Norman, H. G., "Income Receipts vs. Capital Gains under the Canadian
Inc6me Tax Law," Proceedings of 5th Tax Conference. Toronto,.
Canadian Tax Foundation, 1951°
* 9- Seltzer, L. H., "Capital Gains and the Income Tax," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950, pp. 371-8.
•10.
"Evolution of the Special Legal Status of Capital Gains under
the Income Tax," National Tax Journal, III, Mar., 1950, pp. 18-35.
11. Somers, H. M*, "An Economic Analysis of the Capital Gains Tax," National
Tax Journal, I, Sept., 1948, pp. 226-32.
12. Wells, Anita, "Legislative History of Treatment of Capital Gains under
the Federal Income Tax, 1913-48," National Tax Journal, II, Mar, 1949-
c.
Commodity Taxation:
Sales and Excise Taxes
Books:
* 1.
2.
34.
5.
6.
Due, John F., Government Finance: An Economic Analysis* Homewood,
Irwin, 1954, chaps. 16-18.
~
~
^ The Theory of ^Incidence and of Sales Taxation. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1942.
Haig, R. M., and Shoup, C. S., The Sales Tax in the American States.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1934.
National Industrial Conference Board, Consumption Taxes and Tax Reform.
New York, 1953.
— —
— —
Perry, J. H., Taxation in Canada. Toronto, University of Toronto Press,
2d ed., 1954.
Rolph, E. R., The Theory of Fiscal Economics. Berkeley, University of
California Press, 1954.
Articles:
1.
*
Abbott, L., "A Theory of Excise Subsidies: Comment," American Economic
Review, XLIII, Dec. l<25i* pp. 890-5; rejoinder by E. R. Rolph, pp. 89O-8.
2. Bre&k, G: FV, "Excise Tax BuMetis and Benefits," American 'Economic Review,
XLIV, Sept., 1954, pp. 577-94.
3. Brown, E. C , "Analysis of Consumption Taxes in Terms of the Theory of
Income Determination,1' American Economic Review,' XL, March, 1950, pp.
74-89; comment by L. S. Bitter, ibid., XLI, Mar., 1951, pp. 191-3.
33
4*
5.
6.
7.
8.
910.
11.
!2»
1314.
1516.
17.,
18.
19*
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28*
29.
Chang, Pao Lun, "A Note on the Progressive Consumption Tax," Journal of
Finance, VIII, Sept., 1953, VV* 333-42.
Colberg, M. R 9 , "Shifting of a Specific Excise Tax," Public Finance, IX,
No, 2, 1954.
Corlett, W. J., and Hague, D* C ,
"Complementarity and the Excess Burden
of Taxation," Review of Economic Studies, XXI, 1953/54, pp. 21-30.
Davidson, R. K., "The Alleged Excess Burden of an Excise Tax," Review
of Economic Studies, XX(2), No. 53, June, 1953Due, J. F., "Sales Taxation in Western Europe," Pts. 1-2, National
Tax Journal, LXVII, June, 1955, PP« 171-85; and Sept., 1955"American and Canadian Experience with the Sales Tax,"
Journal of Finance, VII, Sept., 1952, pp* 463-73_____
"The Sales Tax as an Anti-inflationary Measure," Public
Finance, V I , No. 4, 1951*
"Retail Sales Taxation in Theory and Practice," National Tax
Journal, III, D e c , 1950.
_____
"A General Sales Tax and the Level of Employment," National
Tax Journal, II, June, 1949, pp* 122-30.
Ferber, R», "How Aware Are Consumers of Excise Changes?" National Tax
Journal, VII, D e c , 1954, pp. 355-8.
Friedman, M., "The 'Welfare! Effects of an Income Tax and an Excise
Tax," Journal of Political Economy, LX, Feb., 1952, pp. 25-33.
Reprinted in Essays in Positive Economics. See also comment "by
C. G. Phipps,ibid., Aug., 1952, pp. 33-6.
Henderson, A., "The Case for Indirect Taxation," Economic Journalf LVIII,
Dec., 1948, pp. 538-53.
Hicks, U« K., "The Role of Indirect Taxation in the Modern Economy,"
Revue de Science et de Legislation Financi^res, Oct.-Dec, 1952.
Jenkins, H. P. B., "Excise-Tax Shifting and Incidence: A Money-Flows
Approach," Journal of Political Economy, LXIII, Apr., 1955* pp. 125-49*
Joseph, M. F. W., "The Excess Burden of Indirect Taxation," Review of
Economic Studies, VI, No. 3, June, 1939, pp. 226-31.
Ealdor, N., "Welfare Propositions in Economics and Interpersonal Comparisons of Utility," Economic Journal, XLIX, Sept., 1939, PP- 549-52.
Koo, A. Y. C ,
"Welfare and Direct Taxation," Canadian Journal of Economics
& Political Science, XXI, Feb.1955, PP« 43-51Lindholm, R, W., "State Fiscal Activity, 1945-49," National Tax Journal,
III, Sept., 1950.
Little, I. M. D., "Direct vs. Indirect Taxes," Economic Journal, LXI,
Sept., 1951, PP.. 577-84.
Little, L. T., "Direct Taxation and the Inflationary and Deflationary
Effects of Fiscal Policy," Accounting Research (London), July, 1950.
Malach, V. W-, "Sales and Output Taxes," American Economic Review, XLIV,
Mar., 1954, pp. 123-9) with comment by K. E. Boulding, p. 129.
Miller, D. C > "Federal Sales Taxation: Manufacturers1 or Retail Levy?"
Proceedings of 47th Annual Conference. Sacramento, National Tax
Association, 1954, pp. 249-53Morton, W. A*, "A Progressive Consumption Tax," National Tax Journal, IV,
June, 1951, pp. 160-6.
Musgrave, R. A., "On Incidence," Journal of Political Economy, LXI,
Aug., 1953, PP. 306-23.
"General Equilibrium Aspects of Incidence Theory," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLIII, May, 1953, pp. 504-17.
Newcomer, Mabel, "Taxation and the Consumer," The Annals of the American
Academy of Political & Social Science, v» 266 > Nov., 1949, pp. 55-62.
34
30.
31.
32*
33.
* 34.
* 35*
36.
37*
38,
*
39.
*
40.
41.
Poole, K. E., "Problems of Administration and Equity under a Spendings
Tax," American Economic Review, XXXIII, Mar., 1943, PP* 63-73Quantius, F», "Sales Taxes and the Propensity to Consume," Southern
Economic Journal, XI, Jan,, 1945•
Ritter, L. S., "Consumption Taxes and Income Determination: Comment,"
American Economic Review, XLI, Mar*, 1951; PP° 191-3*
Rolph, E. R., and Break, G. F., "The Welfare Aspects of Excise Taxes,"
Journal of Political Economy, LVII, Feb., 1949, pp. 45-54.
Schwartz, Eli, and Moore, D. A., "The Distorting Effects of Direct
Taxation: A Re-evaluation," American Economic Review, XLI, Mar.,
1951, PP- 139-48,
Soloway, Arnold, "Economic Aspects of the British Purchase Tax,"
Journal of Finance, IX, May, 1954, pp. 188-208.
_ _ _ I I Z "The Purchase Tax and Fiscal Policy," National Tax Journal,
IV, D e c , 1951, pp. 304-14.
Stockfisch, J. A., "The Capitalization and Investment Aspects of Excise
Taxes under Competition," American Economic Review, XLIV, June,
1954, pp. 287-300.
Suits, D# B«, and Musgrave, R. A*, "Ad Valorem and Unit Taxes Compared,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVII, Nov., 1953*
Wald,, H. P., "The Classical Indictment of Indirect Taxation/' Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LVIII, D e c , 1948, pp 0 538-53*
Walker, David, "The Direct-Indirect Tax Problem: Fifteen Years of
Controversy," Public Finance, X, No. 2, 1955, -pV> 153-76.
Wells, Paul, "A General Equilibrium Analysis of Excise Taxes," American
Economic Review, XLV, June, 1955> pp. 345-59-
d. Estate, Inheritance, and Gift Taxation
Books:
1. Bhargava, R. N., The Principle and Problems of Inheritance Taxation.
Benares, Kishore, 1952.
2. Harriss, C. L., Gift Taxation in the United States* Washington,
American Council on Public Affairs, 1940,
3« Paul, Randolph E o , Federal Estate and Gift Taxation. Boston, Little,
Brown, 1942.
4. Shultz, W. J., The Taxation of Inheritance. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1926.
5- U. S. Treasury Department, Federal Estate and Gift Taxes. Washington,
GPO, 1947.
6. Vickrey, William, Agenda for Progressive Taxation. New York, Ronald
Press, 1947, chaps- 7-9.
7. Wedgewood, Sir Josiah, The Economics of Inheritance. London, Routledge,
1929.
Articles:
*
1. Bloch, H. S., "Economic Objectives of Gratuitous Transfer Taxation!™
National Tax Journal, IV, June, 1951, pp. 139-47.
2. Fijalkowski-Bereday, G. Z«, "The Equalizing Effects of Death Duties,"
Oxford Economic Papers, II, Jan., 1950, pp. 176-96.
35
3. Hall, J. K., "Incidence of Death Duties," American Economic Review,
XXX, Mar., 1940, pp. 46-594. Harriss, C. L., "Stock Prices, Death Tax Revenues, and Tax Equity,"
Journal of Finance, V, Sept., 1950,'pp. 257-69.
5.
"Federal Estate Taxes and Philanthropic Bequests," Journal
~
of Political Economy, LVII, Aug., 1949.
6.
"Liquidity of Estates and Death Tax Liability," Political
Science Quarterly, LXIV, D e c , 1949, pp. 533-597. Hawkes, G. R., "Death Duties and Double Taxation: Canada and the
United States Compared," National Tax Journal, V, June, 1952,
pp. 145-54.
* 8. Keith, E. Gordon, "How Should Wealth Transfers Be Taxed?" American
Economic Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950, pp. 379-404.
9. Oakes, E. E., "Development of American State Death Taxes," Iowa
Law Review, XXVI, Mar., 1941, pp. 451-78.
10. Rudick, H. J., "A Proposal for an Accessions Tax," Proceedings of the
39th Annual Conference. Sacramento, National Tax Association,
1947, pp. 179-9711.
,., "What Alternative to Estate and Gift Taxes?" California
Law Review, XXXVIII, Mar., 1950, pp* 150-82.
e
*
Property Taxation
Books:
* 1.
2.
3»
Jensen, Jens P., Property Taxation in the United States. Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1931*
Perry, J. H f , Taxation in Canada. Toronto, University of Toronto
Press, 2d rev* ed., 1954.
Somers, H. M., Public Finance and National Income. Philadelphia, Blakiston,
1949.
Articles:
1. Burkhead> J. V., "Property Tax as a Burden on Shelter," Journal of Land
& Public Utility Economics, Aug., 1944.
2« Buehler, A* G*, "The Capitalization of Taxes," National Tax Journal,
IV, D e c , 1950, pp. 283-97.
3* Cheng, p« L., "Counter-Cyclical Property Taxation," American Journal of
Economics & Sociology, XIV, Jan., 1955, pp. I7I-H4I
4. Campbell, Colin D., "Are Property Tax Rates Increasing?" Journal of
Political Economy, LIX, Oct., 1951, pp. 432-4.
5# Cornick, P. H., "Evaluation of Alternative Basis for the Property Tax,"
American Journal of Economics & Sociology, XIII, Oct., 1953, pp. 157-69.
6. Davisson, M. M., and Schmelzle, ¥. K., "Equalization of Property Tax
Assessments in California," National Tax Journal, III, Sept., 1950,
pp. 221-32.
7. Groves, H. M., "The Property Tax in Canada and the United States," Land
Economics, XXIV, Feb., 1948, pp. 23-30; May, 1948, pp. 120-8.
8. Lee, Eugene C , "State Equalization of Local Assessments," National Tax
Journal, VI, June, 1953, pp* 176-87.
36
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
C»
Mitchell, G* W., "Property Taxation in Relation to Investment in
Urban Areas," Journal of Finance, VI, June, 1951, pp. 200-8.
Newcomer, Mabel, "The Growth of Property Tax Exemption," National
Tax Journal, VI, June, 1953, PP* 116-28.
^ "The Decline of the General Property Tax," National Tax
Journal, VI, March, 1953, pp. 38-51.
Simpson, H. Da, "Changing Theory of Property Taxation," American
Economic Review, XXIX, Sept., 1939•
Vandervliet, B», "Property Taxation in Theory and Practice,"
Proceedings of the 44th Annual Conference. Sacramento, National
Tax Association, 1952, pp. 152-60.
Public Expenditures in Fiscal Theory
Books:
1*
2.
Beveridge, Lord, Full Employment in a Free Society. New York, Norton, 1945«
Due, JohnF., Government Finance: An Economic Analysis. Homewood, Irwin,
1954, chaps. 3 and 23*
3. Groves, H* M., Financing Government. New York, Holt, 4th rev. ed., 1954, Pt. 3»
4. Hansen, A. H., Economic Policy and Full Employment, New York, McGraw-Hill, 1947.
5. Higgins, B. H., Public Investment and Full Employment. Montreal, International
Labour Office, 1946.
6. Lindholm, R. ¥., Public Finance and Fiscal Policy. New York, Pitman, 1950, Pts. 2-3.
7# Smith, Dan To, Deficits and Depression. New York, Wiley, 1936.
Articles:
1* Anderson, C. J., "The Compensatory Theory of Public Works Expenditure,"
Journal of Political Economy, LIII, Sept., 1945, pp. 258-74.
2.
"The Development of Pump-Priming Theory," Journal of Political
Economy, LII, June, 1944.
3« Clark, J. M., "An Appraisal of the Workability of Compensatory Devices,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXIX, 1939 j PP° 194-208.
4. Colm, G., "Theory of Public Expenditures," The Annals of the American Academy
of Political & Social Science, v. 183, Jan,, 1936.
5. Due, J. F., "Government Expenditures and Their Significance for the Economy,"
in Fiscal Policies and the American Economy. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1951•
6. Hansen, A* H., and Greer, Guy, "Toward Full Use of Our Resources/1 Fortune,
Nov., 1942.
7* Harriss, C. L*, "Government Expenditures and the Long-Rua Goals, of Economic
Growth," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLVI, May, 1956,
Q. •
"Government Expenditure: Significant Issues of Definition,"
Journal of Finance, IX, D e c , 1954.
9. Kendrick, M. S*, "Public Expenditures: A Neglected Consideration in Tax
Incidence Theory," American Economic Review, XX, June, 1930, pp. 226-30.
10. Samuelson, P. A., "Aspects of the Abstract Theory of Public Expenditure,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XLVI, May, 1956.
1 #
^- _ _ _ _ _ " T ^ e Pure Theory of Public Expenditure," State Government, Oct., 1954;
and Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXVI, Nov., 1954, pp. 387-9.
12. Smith, Dan T., "Government Expenditures and the Short-Run Goal of Steady
Growth," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLVI, May, 1956.
13. Str^yer, P. J., "Public Expenditure Policy," American Economic Review, XXXIX,
March, 1948.
37
VI.
PUBLIC FINANCE AND THE FUNCTIONING OF THE PRIVATE ECONOMY
A.
Tax Policy for a Dynamic Economy
1.
Incidence and Effects of Income and Profits Taxation
Books:
*
1. Black, Duncan, The Incidence of Income Taxes. London, Macmillan, 19392. Groves, H. M», Postwar Taxation and Economic Progress. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1946.
-—~—____-.
3* Magill, Roswell, The Impact of Federal Taxes. New York, Columbia
University Press, 1942.
4. National Industrial Conference Board, The Shifting and Effects of
the Federal Corporation Income Tax. New York, 1928-29,
5- U.K. Colwyn Committee on Debt and Taxation, Report. Cmd. 2800.
London, H.M.S*O., 192?^* _______ Radcliffe Royal Commission on the Taxation of Profits and
.Income:
a. Final Report. Cmd. 9474. London, H,M»S.O., 1955t>. Second Report. Cmd. 9105* London, H.JVLScO., 1954*
c. First Report. Cmd. 8751. London, H.M.S.O., 19537- U. S«, Taxation, Recovery and Defense0 TNEC Monograph No. 20,
Washington, GPO, 1941.
^a _ _ _
Taxation of Corporate Enterprise. TNEC Monograph No. 9Washington, GPO, 1941.
9» von Mering, Otto, The Shifting and Incidence of Taxation. Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1942.
Articles:
1. Beck, Morris, "Ability to Shift Corporate Income Tax: Seven
Industrial Groups," National Tax Journal, V, Sept., 1950.•
2. Bergson, A., "The Incidence of an Income Tax on Savings," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LVI, Feb., 1942.
3. Bradley, Philip D/, " "The Direct Effects of a Corporate Income Tax,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVI, Aug., 1942.
4. Brovnlee, 0* H., "Taxation and the Price Level in the Short Run,"
Journal of Political Economy, LXII, Feb., 1954.
5« Fellner, W., "Average Cost Pricing and the Theory of Uncertainty,"
Journal of Political Economy, LVI, June, 1948, pp. 249*52.
* 6. Goode, Richard, "The Corporate Income Tax and the Price Level,"
American Economic Review, XXXV, Mar,, 1945,\pp* 40-58; and
comments, ibid., XXXVI, Mar., 1946, pp. 146-8.
7- Robertson, D. H., "The Colwyn Committee, the Income Tax, and the
Price Level," Economic Journal, XXXVI, D e c , 1927.
8. Shoup, C. S«, "Some Considerations on the Incidence of the Corporation
Tax"(with discussion), Journal of Finance, VI, June, 1951, pp* 187-99.
9.
"Incidence of the Corporation Income Tax: Capital Structure
and Turnover Rates/' National Tax Journal, I, Mar., 1948, pp. 12-7.
10. Weston, J. Fred, "Incidence and Effects of the Corporate Income Tax,"
National Tax Journal, II, D e c , 1949, pp. 300-15.
38
2.
Taxation and Incentives
Books:
1.
2.
Kimmel, L. H«, Taxes and Economic Incentives. Washington, Brookings, 1950'
Rhys-Williams, Lady, Taxation and Incentive. New York, Oxford
University Press, 1953Articles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.
Booker, H. S., "Income Tax and Incentive to Effort," Economica,
XII, Nov., 1945, pp* 243-7.
Break, G. F*, "Income Taxes, Wage Rates and Incentive to Supply
Labor Services," National Tax Journal, VI, D e c , 1953, pp. 333-52.
Chambers, S. P., "Taxation-and Incentives," Lloyds Bank Review,
Apr*, 1948, pp. 1-12.
Goode, Richard, "The Income Tax and the Supply of Labor," Journal of
Political Economy, LXII, Oct., 1949, pp. 428-37Guthmann, H. Go, Shoup, C. S., and Mitchell, G. Wo, "Taxation and
Business Incentive" (with discussion), Journal of Finance, VI,
June, 1951, pp. 161-210.
Special Problems in Business Taxation
a
-
Corporate Taxation and Business Structure
Books:
1.
2.
3.
Butters, J. K., Lintner, J., and Cary, W. L. ; Effects of Taxation on Corporate Mergers. Boston, Harvard Graduate School
of Business Administration, 1951Effect of Federal Taxes on Growing Enterprises.
Boston, Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration,
1945.
Tax Institute, Taxation and Business Concentration. A Symposium.
Princeton, The Institute, 1952.
Articles:
l0
2*
3o
4o
Blair, J. Mo, and Harrison, F. H., "The Lintner-Butters Analysis
of the Effect of Mergers on Industrial Concentration, 194047," Review of Economics 8c Statistics, XXXIII, Feb., 1951;
and comments, ibid,, pp. 67-75*
Butters, J, K., "Taxes and Mergers," Harvard Business Review, LXIV,
Mar,, 1951.
"Taxation and New Product Development," Harvard Business
Review, LIX, Summer, 1945, PP° 451-9and Lintner, John, "Tax and Non-Tax Motivations for
Mergers," Journal of Finance, VI, D e c , 1951 •
39
b.
Influence of Tax Policy on Business Financing and Investment
See above Part IV, Section IV-B-2«
Books:
1.
2.
3.
Butters, J« K., and others, Effects of Taxation: Investment
by Individuals* Boston, Harvard Graduate School of
Business Administration, 1953•
Magee, J. D., Taxation and Capital Investment. Washington,
Brookings, 1943.
Smith, Dan T., Effects of Taxation: Corporate Finance Policy.
Boston, Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration,
1952.
Articles:
1.
2.
3-
Abbott, Co C , and Zuckert, E. M., "Venture Capital and Taxation,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LV, Aug 0 , 1941, pp. 667-82.
Benewitz, M. C», "Theoretical Effects of Income Averaging for
Tax Purposes on Investment Decisions," National Tax Journal,
VI, June, 1954, :pp. 194-6.
Brown, E. Co, "Busiriess Income Taxation and Investment Incentives,"
in Income, Employment and Public Policy. New York, Norton,
19457
*
4o
*
5*
6-
—
—
—
—
-
Butters, J. K., "Taxation, Incentives and Financial Capacity,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954, pp.
504-19. Reprinted in Readings in Fiscal Policy.
"Federal Income Taxation and External vs. Internal
Financing," Journal of Finance, IV, Sept., 1949*
_____
"Discriminatory Effects of the Annual Computation of
_____
the Corporation Income Tax," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LIV, Nov., 1939, PP» 51-72.
7. Chambers, S. P., "Taxation and the Supply of Capital for Industry,"
Lloyds Bank Review, Jan,, 1949, VV° 1*20.
8. Dobrovolsky, So P., "Business Income Taxation and Asset Expansion,"
Journal of Finance, IV, Sept., 1949, pp. 183-96.
9. Domar, E- D., and Musgrave, R. A., "Proportional Income Taxation
and Risk-Taking," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVIII,
May, 1944.
10. Goode, R., "Effects of Taxation on Individual Investment and Corporate Financing," The Annals of the American Academy of
Political 8c Social Science, CCLXVI, Nov. 1949.
* 11. Hicks, U. K., "Our Flagging Industrial Investment," District Bank
Review, Sept., 1954.
12. Hobson, Sir Oscar, "Wanted,a Free Capital Market," Three Banks
Review, March, 1955.
13. Howell, P. L., "The Effects of Federal Income Taxation on the
Form of External Financing by Business," Journal of Finance,
IV, Sept*, 1949, pp. 208-26.
14. Jacoby, N. H., "The Demand for Funds by American Business Enterprises: Retrospect and Prospect," Journal of Finance, III,
Oct., 1948, pp. 27-38; IV, Mar., 1949.
15. Kaldor, N., "The Economic Effects of Company Taxation," paper
given before the Manchester Statistical Society, Jan., 1955.
40
* 16.
Keith^ E. Gordon, "Repercussions of the Tax System on Business,"
in Fiscal Policies and the American Economy. New York,
Prentice-Hall, 195117.
"Tax Policy and Investment," The Annals of the American
~~
Academy of Political & Social Science, v. 266, Nov., 1949* 18. Lintner, John, "Effects of Corporate Taxation on Real Investment,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954, pp.520-34.
* 19. Miller, D. C , "Corporate Taxation and Corporate Financing,"
American Economic Review, XL1I, D e c , 1952, pp. 839-54.
-20. Paish, F. ¥., "Company Profits and Their Distribution," District
Bank Review, June, 1955> pp. 3-26.
21. Piercy, Lord, "The Macmillan Gap and the Shortage of Risk Capital,"
inaugural address as President of the Royal Statistical
Society, Nov. 17, 1954.
22. Redfern, Philip, "Net Investment in Fixed Assets in the U- K.,
1938-53," paper read before the Royal Statistical Society,
Jan. 19, 1955.
23. Shoup, C. S., "Taxation and Industry," Revue de Science et de
Legislation Financieres, Jan,-Mar., 1955*
24. Smith, D. T., "Corporate Taxation and Common Stock Financing,"
National Tax Journal, V I , Sept., 1953, PP- 209-25; comment
by J. Stockfisch, and reply, ibid., VII, June, 1954, pp. 82-8.
25*
"Effects of Taxation on Individual Investment and Corporate Financing," The Annals of the American Academy of
Political & Social Science, v. 266, Nov., 1949, pp. 100-9.
* 26. Streeten, Paul, "The Effect of Taxation on Risk Taking," Oxford
Economic Papers, V, Oct., 1953> VV- 271-87.
27, Thompson, L. E., and Butters, J. K., "Effects of Taxation on the
Policies and Capacities of Individuals," Journal of Finance,
VIII, May, 1953, PP* 137-5128. Walker, David, "Some Economic Aspects of the Taxation of Companies,"
The Manchester School, XXII, Jan., 1954.
29* Wallich, H. C», "Effect of Taxation on Investment," Harvard
Business Review, XXIII, Summer, 1945, pp. 442-50*
c.
Depreciation as a Tax Problem
Books:
*
1.
2.
*
3.
4.
Brown, E. C , Effects of Taxation: Depreciation Adjustments for
Price Changes. Boston, Harvard Graduate School of Business
Administration, 1952.
Grant, E. L., and Norton, P. T., Jr., Depreciation.
New York,
Ronald Press, 1949Prather, C. L*, Financing Business Firms. Homewood, Irwin, 1955Terborgh, George, Realistic Depreciation Policy, Chicago,
Machinery & Allied Products Institute, 1954.
Articles:
1.
Break, G. F», "Capital Maintenance and the Concept of Income,"
Journal of Political Economy, LXII, Feb., 1954; comment by
E. C. Brown, and reply, ibid., LXIII, Feb., 1955, pp. 74-6.
41
Brown, E» C« ; "The New Depreciation Policy under the Income Tax,"
National Tax^Journal, VIII, Mar., 1955* PP- 81-98.
3.
*
*!Tax Allowances for Depreciation Based on Changes in the
Price Level,t! National Tax Journal, I, D e c , 1948, pp, 311-21.
4.
and Patterson, G«, "Accelerated Depreciation: A Neglected
Chapter in War Taxation," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LVII, Aug., 19435. Dobrovolsky, S. P.> "Depreciation Policies and Investment
Decisions," American Economic Review, XLI, D e c , 1951/ PP- 906-14.
6. Domar, E- D*, "Depreciation, Replacement, and Growth," Economic
Journal, LXIII, Mar., 1953, pp.. 13-24.
* 7,
"The Case for Accelerated Depreciation," Quarterly Journal
of Economics, LXVII, Feb., 19537 PP- 493-519*
8. Edmonds, ¥. J«, "The Effect on Business Decisions of Changes in
Tax Depreciation Policy," National Tax Journal, VIII, Mar*,
1955, PP. 99-113.
9. Egerton, R. A. D., "The Capital Coefficient and the Rate of
Depreciation," Economic Journal, LXIII, Mar,, 1953* 10• Eisner, Robert, "Accelerated Depreciation: Some Further Thoughts,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIX, May, 1955, PP* 285-96;
comment by G. 0* May, and reply, ibid,, pp. 296-304.
11.
"Depreciation under the New Tax Law," Harvard Business
Review, XXXIII, Jan.-Feb., 1955, pp. 66-74.
12•
"Depreciation Allowances, Replacement Requirements and
~"
Growth," American Economic Review, XLII, D e c , 1952, pp. 820-31;
comment by Mo J. Gordon, and reply, ibid., XLIII, Sept., 1953*
609-21.
1 #
3
_ _ „
"Accelerated Amortization, Growth, and Net Profits," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVI, Nov., 1952, pp. 533-44.
* 14. Goode, R., "Accelerated Depreciation Allowances as a Stimulus to
Investment," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIX, May,
1955, PP. 191-220.
15# Hellmuth, W. F., Jr., "Depreciation and the 1954 Internal Revenue
Code," Journal of Finance, X, Sept., 1955, PP* 326-49.
16. McGurran, H. D«, "Deferred Depreciation," National Tax Journal,
IV, D e c , 1951, PP. 299-304.
17* Miller, J* Po, "The Pricing Effects of Accelerated Amortization,"
Review of Economics 8c Statistics, XXXIV, Feb., 1952.
18• Schiff, Eric, "A Note on Depreciation, Replacement, and Growth,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXVI, Feb., 1954, pp. 47-56.
19. Schlaifer, R., Butters, J. K«, and Hunt, P., "Accelerated Amortization," Harvard Business Review, XXIX, May, 1951*
20. Sharp, M. ¥•, "Deferred Depreciation—A Canadian Anti-inflationary
Measure," Journal of Finance, VII, May, 1952, pp. 331-46.
21. Wiles, P., "Corporate Taxation and Depreciation," Oxford Institute
of Statistics, Bulletin, XII, April, 1950.
2.
42
B.
The Role of Public Expenditures
!• Government Expenditures:
Patterns and Trends
Books:
1.
Douglas, P« H., Economy in Government. Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, 1952.
2. Fabricant, S., The Trend of Government Activity in the United States.
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1952.
3. Kendrick, M« S., A Century and a Half of Federal Expenditure. [.Occasional Paper 48]. New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1955*
4.
Public Finance. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1951, chap. 4.
Articles:
1-
Clarkj J. M*, "The Relation of Government to the Economy of the
Future," Journal of Political Economy, LXIX, D e c , 1941, pp« 797-8l6.
2. Kilpatrick, ¥•, and Drury, R« F., "Government Expenditures," in
America rs Needs and Resources—A New Survey. New York, Twentieth
Century Fund, 1955, chap. 18.
3- Musgrave, R. A., and Culbertson, J. M*, "The Growth of Public Expenditures in the United States, I89O-I948," National Tax Journal, VI,
June, 1953, PP. 97-1154. Peacock, A. T., "The Future of Government Expenditure," District Bank
Review, June, 1955, pp. 27-41.
2. Aspects of Public Investment
a.
Public Works as a Depression Fiscal Policy
Books:
*
1. Burns, A. E., and Watson, D. S., Government Spending and Economic
Expansion, Washington, American Council on Public Affairs, 1940.
2. Clark, J. M., Economics of Planning Public Works. Washington, GPO, 1935.
3. Gayer, A. D«, Public Works in Prosperity and Depression« New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1935*
4. Higgins, B. H., Public Investment and Full Employment* Montreal,
International Labour Office, 1946.
5- Hansen, A. H., Economic Policy and Full Employment. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1947, pp. S3-90.
6. Lutz, H. L., Public Spending and the Private Economy. New York,
National Association of Manufacturers, 1949.
7. Villard, H* E., Deficit Spending and the National Income. New York,
Farrar & Rinehart, 1941.
Articles:
1. Benoit-Smullyan, E., "Public Works in the Depression," American
Economic Review, XXXVIII, Mar,, 1948, pp. 134-9.
2. Hansen, A. H., and Greer, Guy, "Toward Full Use of Our Resources,"
Fortune, Nov., 1942.
43
3.
* 4.
5,
* 6.
7.
8.
b.
Higgins, B. Ha, "The United States Public Work Reserve: An Experiment in the Coordination of Public Investment Planning,"
International Labour Review, Nov., 1944.
Howenstine, E. J», Jr., "The Alleged Inflexibility of Compensatory
Public Works/1 Journal of Political Economy, LIX, June, 1951*
pp. 233-41,
"An Inventory of Public Construction Needs," American
Economic Review, XXXVIII, June, 1948, pp. 353-66.
Maisel, S. J., "Timing and Flexibility of a Public Works Program,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXI, May, 1949, pp. 147-52.
Margolis, Julius, "Public Works and Economic Stability," Journal of
Political Economy, LVII, Aug., 1949, pp. 293-303Slichter, S. H., "The Economics of Public Works," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XXIV, Mar., 1934, pp. 174-85'
Public Expenditures and Welfare Programs
Books:
1. Altaian, Rdbert, Availability for Work. A Study in Unemployment
Compensation* Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1950.
2. Bachman, G. W«, and Meriam, L., The Issue of Compulsory Health
Insurance. Washington, Brookings, 1948.
3» Becker, J. M., The Problem of Abuse in Unemployment Benefits: A Study
in Limits- New York, Columbia University Press, 1953•
4. Bond, Floyd, Our Needy Aged: A California Study of a National Problem.
New York, Holt, 1954.
5. Brown, Josephine C , Public Relief, 1929-39. New York, Holt, 1940.
6* Burns, E. M., The American Social Security System. New York,
Houghton> 1949.
7. Dillingham, W. P., Federal Aid to Veterans, 1917-41. Gainesville,
University of Florida Press, 1952.
8. Ewing, 0. R., The Nation's Health: A Ten Year Program. A Report to
the President. Washington, Federal Security Agency, Sept., 1948.
9. Gagliardo, D., American Social Insurance. New York, Harper, rev. ed*, 1955*
10. Haber, W., and Cohen, W. J. [^EdsJ , Readings in Social Security. New
York, Prentice-Hall, 1948.
11. Linford, A. A., Old Age Assistance. Chicago, University of Chicago Press,
1949.
12. Mendelsohn, Ronald, Social Security in the English Commonwealth.
London, The Athlone Press, 1954.
13- Meriam, Lewis, Relief and Social Security. Washington, Brookings, 1946.
* 14.
and Schlotterbeck, C , The Cost and Financing of Social
Security. Washington, Brookings, 1950.
15. National Industrial Conference Board:
a* Muntz, E. E., Growth and Trends in Social Security. New York, 1949b* Steinhaus, H* W., Studies in Individual and Collective Security.
New York, 4th rev. edo, 1948.
c. Wilson, E. W., Compulsory Health Insurance. New York,. 1947•
16• Norton, J. K., and Lawler, E. S., Unfinished Business in American
Education. Washington, American Council on Education, 1946.
* 17- Peacock, A. T., Economics of National Insurance. Edinburgh, Hodge, 1952.
18. President's Commission on Higher Education, Higher Education for American
Democracy. New York, Harper, 1948.
19. Robson, W. A. C E d 0 > Social Security. London, Allen & Unwin, 1949.
20. Williams, Gertrude, The Price of Social Security. New York, Oxford
University Press, 1944.
21. Witte, E. E., Five Lectures on Social Security. Rio Piedras, University
44
Articles:
1. Andrews, ¥. A«, and Miller, T» A*, "Unemployment Benefits, Experience
Rating, and Employment Stability," National Tax Journal, VII,
Sept., 1954, pp. 192-209,
2. Campbell, W. G., "The Economics of Social Security and the Theory of
Government Finance," National Tax Journal, VI, June, 1951> PP* 167-793. _______ and Campbell, R*, "Compulsory Health Insurance: The Economic
Issues," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVI, Feb., 1952; comments by I. s. Falk and D* Netzer, ibid., Nov., 1952, pp. 572-91.
4. Ginzberg, Eli, and others, "Economics of Medical Care," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLI, May, 1951* PP- 517-51*
5. Killingsworth, C. C*, and Schroeder, G», "Long-Range Cost Estimates
for Old Age Insurance," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXV,
May, 1951J comments by R. J. Myers, and reply, ibid,, LXVI, May,
1952, pp. 293-6.
60 Kimmel, L« H*^ "Is the Federal Old Age and Survivors Insurance Fund
Valid?" National Tax Journal, VII, D e c , 1954,
7* Meriam, L«, "Social Security in an Unstable World," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XXXVII, May, 1947, pp, 335-44.
8» Mushkin, So, "Fiscal Status of Old-Age and Survivors Insurance Programs
in the U.S.," National Tax Journal, VIII, June, 1955, pp. 149-70.
9. Paish, F. W., and Peacock, A.* To, "Economics of Dependence (1952-82),"
Economica, XXI, Nov., 1954.
10. Peacock, A. T., "Modern Incidence Theory and the Study of Social
Security Taxation," Revue de Science et de Legislation Finaneieres, II, Apr.-June, 1955*
•*-•*•• _ _ _ _ _ "Social Security and Inflation* A Study of the Economic
Effects of an Adjustable Pension Scheme," Review of Economic
Studies, XX(3), 1952/53, PP- 169-73*
12 • Ratchford, B* U., "The Tax Status of Social Security Benefits,"
Southern Economic Journal, XX, Oct., 1953*
13• Robinson, G. B», "The Old Age Reserve Fund is Not Illusory," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LX, Nov., 1945*
14. Stark, J. R» , "Equities in the Financing of Federal 01d*Age and Survivors Insurance," National Tax Journal, VI, Sept., 1953*
15* Svan, E. J., "Financing Social Security," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXVII, May, 1947, pp. 345-50*
-^* _ _ _ _ _ "Economic Aspects of Social Security," in Housing, Social
Security and Public Works, Washington, B/G of Federal Reserve
System, 1946, pp. 40-62.
17* Thompson, C. C , "Financing Unemployment Insurance in the United States,"
Political Science Quarterly, LXIX, Mar., 1954, pp. 92-118.
18. Wold, K. G,, "Economic and Financial Aspects of Social Insurance
Schemes," Public Finance, V, No , 3, 1950.
c.
Housing and Urb^n Redevelopment
Official Document:
1. President's Advisory Committee on Government Housing Policies and Programs*
Recommendations on Government Housing Policies and Programs* A
Report to the President• Washington, D e c , 1953.
45
Books:
1* Abrams, Charles, Forbidden Neighbors» New York, Harper, 1955*
2.
The Future of Housing, New York, Harper, 1946.
3. Bowley, M., Housing and the State, 1919-44, London, Allen & Unwin, 1947.
* 4# Breese, H. L*, and Whitman, G.W. £Eds.J , An Approach to Urban Planning.
Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1953*
* 5. Colean, M. L«, Renewing Our Cities. New York, Twentieth Century Fund,
1953.
6«
"
Impact of Government on Real Estate Finance in the United
States. New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 19507* .
American Housing. New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1944.
®*
•<•
and Newcomb, R., Stabilizing Construction: The Record and
Potential. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1952.
9- Dewhurst, J. F., and Associates, America!s Needs and Resources--A
New Survey. New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1955*
10. Gillies, James, and Curtis, C , Mortgage Lending in Local Markets*
Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1955*
11. GrelDler, Leo, The Role of Federal Credit Aids in Residential Construction. New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1953*
12.
Housing Market Behavior in a Declining Area. New York,
C6lumbia University Press, 1952.
13. Greer, Guy, Your City Tomorrow. New York, Macmillan, 1947 •
an
-^#
..
^ others, The Problem of Urban Redevelopment, New York,
Institute of Postwar Reconstruction, 1944*
15. Harris, S. E. £Ed.]], Saving American Capitalism. New York, Knopf,
1948, chaps, by Guy Greer and C. Abrams.
16. Johns Hopkins University, Report of the Urban Planning Conference.
Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1944.
17* LasCh, Robert, Breaking the Building Blockade* Chicago, University
of Chicago Press, 1946. ~~~
"""
18. Law and Contemporary Problems, "Urban Housing and Planning/1 Duke
School of Law> XX, No. 3, Summer, 1955•
19* Maisel, Sherman J., Housebuilding in Transition. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1953.
20• Martinson, M^, and Banfield, E. C , Politics, Planning and the Public
Interest: The Case of Public Housing in Chicago. Glencoe: Free
Press, 1955*
21. Morton, W. A#, Housing Taxation, Madison, University of Wiscinson,
Press, 1955*
22. National Resources Planning Board:
a. The Role of the Housebuilding Industry. Washington, July, 1942.
b. Housings The Continuing Problem. Washington^ June, 194023. Rapkin, C , Winnick, L., and Blank, D., Housing Market Analysis: A
Study of Theory and Methods. Washington, Housing & Home Finance
24. Ratcliffe, R. U*, Urban LandJSconomlCs. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1949*
25. Renne, R* R., Land Economics. New York, Harper, 1947.
26* Silk, Leonard, Sweden Plans for Better Housing-- Durham, Duke University Press, 1948.
————27* Wendt, P., and Rathbun, D., The San Francisco Bay Area Residential
Mortgage Market. Washington, Housing & Home Finance Agency, 1952.
28. Woodbury, Coleman, Urban Redevelopment: Problems and Practices*
Chicago, University of ChicagcTPress, 1953.
29.
£Ed/| , The Future of Cities and Urban Redevelopment« Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1953.
46
Articles:
1*
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17•
18.
19-
20.
21.
22.
23.
Abrams, C , TTThe Residential Construction Industry," in The Structure
of American Industry. New York, Macmillan, 1950.
Baratz, M. S., "Public Housing: A Critique and a Proposal," Social
Research, XX, Autumn, 1953Bloomberg, L. N., "The Role of the Federal Government in Urban Housing," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLII, May, 1952,
pp. 5 8 ^ 9 ^
and others, "Urban Redevelopment," in America Ts Needs and
Resources--A New Survey. New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1955,
chap. 16.
Bogue, D. J., "The Spread of Cities," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLVI, May, 1956.
Bowen, Ian, "The Case for Rationalisation of the Building Industry,1"
The Manchester School, XIX, May, 1951.
Buckley, K., "Urban Building and Real Estate Fluctuations in Canada,"
Canadian Journal of Economics 8c Political Science, XVIII, Feb.,
1952, pp. 41-62.
Case, F. E., "The Budget as a Measure of the Federal Urban Housing
Programs," Journal of Finance, VI, D e c , 1951, PP- 429-39.
Cope, A. C , "A Financial Survey of British Housing since 1919/'
Journal of Finance, VI, Mar., 1951Downing, R. I., "Housing and Public Policy," Economic Record, XXIV,
June, 1948, pp. 72-86.
Gillies, J., "Some Financial Aspects of the Canadian Government Housing Program: History and Prospective Developments," Journal of
Finance, VIII, Mar., 1953and Curtis, C , "The Structure of Local Mortgage Markets and
Government Housiing Finance Programs," Journal of Finance, X,
Sept., 1955.
Grebler, Leo, "The Flow of Funds into Residential Construction, 191152," Journal of Finance, IX, D e c , 1954.
"Urban Redevelopment as an Outlet for Capital Investment,"
Land Economics, Nov., 1953*
"Housing Policies to Combat Depression," Conference on
Policies to Combat Depression. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1955"The Housing Inventory," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLI, May, 1951> PP* 555-6«.
Hansen, A. H., "Three Plans for Financing Urban Redevelopment."
Statement before Senate Subcommittee on Housing and Urban Redevelopment. Jan. 12, 1945*
and Greer, Guy, "Urban Redevelopment and Housing." Planning
Pamphlet No. 10. Washington, N* P. A., 1941.
Maisel, S. J., "Policy Problems in Expanding the Private Housing
Market," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLII, May, 1952, pp.
599-611.
Marsh, L. C*, "The Economics of Low-Rent Housing," Canadian Journal of
Economics & Political Science, XV, Feb., 1949, pp. 14-33.
Munby, D. L., "Development Charges and the Compensation-Betterment
Problem," Economic Journal, LXIV, Mar., 1954, pp. 87-97; comment
by R. Turvey, ibid., June, 1954, pp. 58-60.
Muncy, D. A., "Land for Industry—A Neglected Problem," Harvard
Business Review, XXXII, Mar.-Apr., 1954, pp. 51-62.
Pfretzschner, P. A., "Urban Redevelopment: A New Approach to Urban
Reconstruction," Social Research, XX, Winter, 1953, pp, 418-44.
47
24.
25.
26.
d.
Roterus, V., "An Economist's View on Urban Planning/' American
Economic Review, LX, Mar., 1950.
Saville, J., "The Measurement of Real Cost in the London Building
Industry, 1923-39," Yorkshire Bulletin, I, Sept., 1949.
Winnick, L., "Housing: Has There Been a Downward Shift in Consumers1
Preferences?" Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIX, Feb*, 1955*
Highway Programs and Transportation: Aids and Subsidies
Official Documents:
1.
Clay, Lucius D., A Ten-Year National Highway Program. Report to the
President of the Advisory Committee on a National Highway
Program* Washington, Jan., 1955*
Books:
1. Bollinger, Lynn> and others, Terminal Airport Financing and Management. Boston, Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration, 1946.
2» Branham, A. K., Transportation Factors and National Transportation
Policy: A Partial Analysis * Lafayette, Purdue University, 1952.
3- Currie, A. W., Economics of Canadian Transportation. Toronto, University of Toronto Press, 1954.
4. Dearing, C. L., Railroads and Public Policy* Washington, Brookings, 1956.
5.
and Owen, W., National Transportation Policy. Washington,
rBrookings, 1949.
6. Dewhurst, J. F., and Associates, Americafs Needs and Resources—A
Survey. New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1955> chap. 97.
Transportation and the Growth of Ideas. Glencoe, Free
Press, 19538. Gomez, R. A., Intergovernmental Relations in Highways. Minneapolis,
University of Minnesota Press, 19509. Goodrick, M. G., The Federal Subsidy of Commercial Aviation. Evanston,
The Author, 1949.
10. Labatut, J*, and Lane, W. J. QEdsJ , Highways in Our National Life--A
Symposium. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1950.
11. Lindholm, R. W., Taxation of the Trucking Industry. Columbus, Ohio
State University, 1951.
12.
Public Finance of Air Transportation. Columbus, Ohio State
University, 1949.
13* McDowell, C« E., and Gibbs, H. M*, Ocean Transportation. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1954.
14. Owen, Wilfred, Urban Transportation Problem. Washington, Brookings, 1956.
Articles:
\. Dearing, C, L., and Owen, W., n0ur National Transportation Problem,"
Harvard Business Review, XXVIII, Feb., 1950.
2. Koontz, H. $«, "Domestic Airline Self-Sufficiency," American Economic
Review> XLII, Mar., 1952, pp- 103-25.
3.
"Economic and Managerial Facts Underlying Subsidy Needs of
Domestic Trunk Line Carriers," Journal of Air Law & Commerce,
XVIII> Spring, 1951, pp. 127-56; comment by J. P. Carter,
American Economic Review, XLIII, June, 1953, pp. 369-77.
4. Owen, Wilfred, "Self-Liquidating Public Works to Combat Depression,"
Policies to Combat Depression [Conference SeriesJ. Princeton,
Princeton University Press, 1955*
48
e. Public Policy and Problems of Conservation and Regional or State
Resource Development
Official Documents:
1. Paley, W. S., Resources for Freedom. A Report to the President
by the Materials Policy Commission. Washingtin, June, 1952,
Vols. 1 and 52. U. S # National Resources Committee, Regional Factors in National
Planning. Washington, GPO, 1935*
3.
National Resources Planning Board, Area Analysis--A Method
of "^Public Works Planning. Technical Paper 6. Washington, 1943.
4.
Industrial Location and National Resources. Washington, 1943*
5* ZZZZZIZ^ Development of Resources and Stabilization of Employment in
the United States, Washington, 1941.
Books:
1. Bright, A. A., Jr., and Ellis, G. Ho
Eds. , The Economic State of
New England. New Haven, Yale University Press, 1954«
2. Ciriacy-Wantrup, S. V., Resource Conservation: Economics and Politics.
Berkeley, University of California Press, 1954.
3. Clapp, Gordon E., The TVA^ An Approach to the Development of a Region.
Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1955•
4. Cohn, Edwin J., Jr o , Industry in the Pacific Northwest and the Location
Theory. New York, Columbia University Press, 1954.
5. Friedmann, J. R. R O5 The Spatial Structure of Economic Development in
the Tennessee Valley. A Study in Regional Planning. Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1955.
6. Floyd, J. S., Jr., Effects of Taxation on Industrial Location. Chapel
Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1952.
7. Garnsey, M« E., America!s New Frontier; The Mountain West. New
York, Knopf, 1950.
8. Gulick, Lo H., American Forest Policy, A Study of Government Administration and Economic Control. New York, Due11, Sloan & Pearce, 19519. Hansen, Ao H., and Perloff, H. S., Regional Resource Development.
Washington, National Planning Association, 1942.
10. Harris, S. E., The Economics of New England-A Case Study of an Older
Area. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1952.
11. Hoover, C. B., and Ratchford, B. U., Economic Resources and Policies
of the Southo New York, Macmillan, 1951.
12.
Economy of the South. A Report of the Joint Committee
m
... on the Impact of Federal Policies on the Economy of the
South. Washington, GPO, 1949.
13. Hoover, EdgafM., The Location of Economic Activity. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 19451
14. Howard, J* K., Montana: High, Wide, and Handsome. New Haven, Yale
University Press, 1943.
15. Huffman, Roy E., Irrigation Development and Public Water Policy.
New York, Ronald Press, 1953.
16. Isard, W., and Whitney, V., Atomic Power—An Economic and Social Analysis.
Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1952.
17. Jensen, Merrill [Ed/], Regionalism in America. Madison, University of
Wisconsin Press, 1951.
49
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
2.8*
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
Lepawsky. A., State Planning and Economic Development in the South,
Washington, .National Planning Association, 1949.
Lllienthal, D. E., TVA° Democracy on the March. New York, Harper,
rev. ed., 1953.
LBsch, August, The Economics of Location. Tr e by W. H. Woglom and
W. F. Stolper. New Haven, Yale University Press, 1954.
McDougal, Myres, and others, The Case for Regional Planning with
Special Reference to New England. New Haven, Yale University
. Press, 1947.
McKinley, Charles, Uncle Sam in the Pacific Northwest--Federal Management of Natural Resources in the Columbia River Valley. Berkeley,
University of California Press, 1952.
McLaughlin, G. E., and Robock, S., Why Industry Moves South. Washington, National Planning Association, 1949.
Miller, L. A., and others, Organization and Policy in the Field of
Natural Resources. A report prepared for the Comm. on the Organization of the Executive Branch of the Government. Washington, 1947.
Odum, H. W., and Jocher, K. QEds.]] > In Search of the Regional Balance
of America, Chapel Hill, University of No o Carolina Press, 1945.
Owen, Wilfred, A Mid-Century Look at Resources. Washington, Brookings,
1953.
Ransmeier, J. S., The Tennessee Valley Authority: A Case Study in the
Economics of Multiple Purpose Planning. Eashville, VanderMlt
University Press, 1942.
Resources for the Future,' The Nation Looks at Tts Resources. Washington, Dec. 2-4, 1953*
Scott, Aw D*, Natural Resources: The Economics of Conservation.
Toronto, University of Toronto Press, 1954.
Simpson, P. B., Regional Aspects of Business Cycles and Special Studies
of the Pacific Northwest. Eugene, University of Oregon, 1953.
Smith, Lincoln, The Power Policy of Maine. Berkeley, University of
California Press, 1951.
Terral, Rufus, The Missouri Valley. New Haven, Yale University Press, 1947.
Wengert, G. C , Valley of Tomorrow. Knoxville, University of Tennessee,
1952.
Wilkes, G. C , Taxation of Forest Industries in Ontario. Toronto,
University of Toronto Press, 1954.
Articles:
1. Bessey^ R, F., ''Resource Conservation and Development Problems and
Solutions in the Columbia Basin," Journal of Politics, Aug., 1951.
2. Burkhead, J., and Steele^ D. C , "The Effect of State Taxation on the
Migration of Industry," Journal of Business, XXIII, July, 1950.
3. Ciriacy-Wantrup, S. V., "Cost Allocation in Relation to Western Water
Policies," Journal of Farm Economics, Feb., 1954.
4.
"Resource Conservation and Economic Stability," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LX, May, 1946, pp. 412-52.
5. Fisher, J. L., "Basic Elements of a Regional Resource Development
Program," paper given at meeting of Assn. of Regional Scientists,
Detroit, Dec. 28, 1954. To be included in forthcoming volume
ed. by W. Isard and others for the Assn.
6. Hare, F. K., "Regionalism and Administration: North American Experiments," Canadian Journal of Economics 8c Political Science, XIII,
Nov., 1947, PP. 563-71.
~"
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Hoover, E. M., and Fisher, J. L., "Research in Regional Economic
Growth," in Problems in the Study of Economic Growth0 New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, July, 1949°
Harvill, R. A., "The Economy of the South," Journal of Political
Economy, XXVIII, Feb., 1940.
Hill, F. G., "An Analysis of Regional Economic Development; The
Case of California," Land Economics, Feb., 1955.
Horner, ¥. ¥., "A Desirable National Water Policy," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLI, May, 195I.
Hulse, A. E., and De Turo, P. J., "Economic Problem of the Southeast,"
Harvard Business Review, LXII, Jan., 1949o
Hyson, C. D., and Neal, A. C., "New England's Economic Prospects,"
Harvard Business Review, LXI, Mar., 1948.
Krutilla, J. V., "Criteria for Evaluating Regional Development Programs," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLV, May, 195 5 >
pp. 120-32.
Logsdon, C. S., "Some Comments upon the Effectiveness of State and
Local Area Development Programs," Southern Economic Journal,
XV, Jan., 1949, PP. 303-10.
Miller, J. P., "The New England Economy: A Federal Problem?" Yale
Review, D e c , 1952.
North,D. C , "Location Theory and Regional Economic Growth," Journal
of Political Economy, LXIII, June, 1955.
Ostrom, Vincent, "State Administration of Natural Resources in the
West," American Political Science Review. XLVII, June, 1953,
PP. 478-93.
Patterson, Ro F., "Industrial Development in South Dakota, with
Special Reference to the Tax Climate for Business and Industry."
Vermillion, University of South Dakota, 1950. 24 pp.
Ratchford, B. U., "Government Action or Private Enterprise in River
Valley Development: An Economists View," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XLI, May, 1951, pp. 299-306.
Raver, P. J., "Government Action and Private Enterprise in Rivery
Valley Development: A Public Administrator's View," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLI, May, 1951, pp. 289-98.
Taylor, M. C , "Industrial Tax Exemption in Puerto Rico," National
Tax Journal, VII, D e c , 1954.
Van Sickle, J. V., "The Southeast: A Case Study in Delayed Industrialization," American Economic Review, Supplement9 XLI, May,
1951, PP. 384-93.
Wengert, E. S., "Natural Resources Research and Regional Analysis,11
paper given at meeting of Association of Regional Scientists,
Detroit, Dec. 27, 1954O To be included in forthcoming volume,
ed. by W. Isard.
51
VII.
FEDERAL-STATE-LOCAL FISCAL RELATIONS: PROBLEM OF GRAM'S-IN-AID
Books;
1, Binns, K. J., Federal Financial Relations in Canada and Australia, Hobart,
Government Printer, 1948.
* 2. Birch, A. H., Federalism, Finance, and Social Legislation in Canada^ Australia , and the United States. London, Oxford University Press, 19553. Canada, Royal Commission on Dominion-Provincial Relations. Report. Ottawa,
1940.
4. Carlson, R. E., British Block Grants and Central-Local Finance., Baltimore,
Johns Hopkins Press, 1947.
5. Chester, D. N., Central and Local Government: Financial and Administrative
Relations. London, Macmillan, 1952.
6. Crouch, W. W., Metropolitan Los Angeles: A Study in Integration„ Vol. 14,
Finance and Taxation; Vol. 15, Intergovernmental Relations. Los
Angeles, 1954.
7. Drummond, J. M., The Finance of Local Government: England and Wales. London,
Allen & Unwin, 1952.
8. Greenwood, Gordon, The Future of Australian Federalism. Melbourne, University Press, 1947T
9. Groves, H. M., Financing Government. New York, Holt, 4th rev. ed., 1954.
* 10. Hansen, A. H., and Perloff, H. S., State and Local Finance in the National
Economy. New York, Norton, 1944, especially chap. 4O
11. Hellerstein, J. R., State and Local Taxation. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1952.
12. Hicks, J. R., and Hicks, U. K., The Incidence of Local Rates in Great Britain.
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1945.
13. Kimmel, L. H., and others, Postwar Fiscal Requirements: Federal, State and
Localo Washington, Brookings, 1945.
14. Lutz, E. A., Some Problems and Alternatives in Developing Federal Block
Grants to States for Public Welfare Purposes. New York, Government
Affairs Foundation, 1954.
15. Mackintosh, W. A., Federalism: An Australian Jubilee Study, ed. by G.
Sawer. Melbourne, Cheshire, 1952, pp. 80-109.
16. Macmahon, A. W. £Ed.J, Federalism--Mature and Emergent. Columbia Bicentennial Conference „ Garden City, Doubleday, Doran, 1955*
*17. Maxwell, J. A., Federal Grants and the Business Cycle. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1952.
18.
Recent Developments in Dominion-Provincial Fiscal Relations in
Canada"! New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1948.
19.
The Fiscal Impact of Federalism in the United States. Cambridge,
Harvard University Press, 1946.
20. Moore, A. M., and Perry, J. H., Financing Canadian Federation. Toronto,
Canadian Tax Foundation, 1953.
* 21. Perry, J. Harvey, Taxes, Tariffs and Subsidies. Toronto, University of
Toronto Press, 1955.
22. Philip, Kjeld, Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations. Copenhagen, Institute
of Economics and History, 1954.
23. Quinto, L. J., Municipal Income Taxation in the United States. Technical
Monograph 2. New York, Mayor's Committee on Management Survey, 1952.
24. Segrest, E. C , and Misner, A. J., The Impact of Federal Grants-in-Aid on
California. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1954.
25« Tax Institute, Federal-State-Local Tax Correlation. A Symposium.
Princeton, The Institute, 1954.
26. Williams, J. Kerwin, Grants-in-Aid under the Public Works Administration.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1939.
52
Articles:
1. Angus, H. F., "An Echo of the Past," Canadian Tax Journal, I, Sept.-Oct., 19530
2. Bhargava, R. N., llThe Theory of Federal Finance," Economic Journal, LXIII,
Mar., 1953; comment by H. W. Singer, ibid., Septo, 1953.
3O Birch, A. H., "Federalism and Finance," The Manchester School, XVII, May,
1949, PP. 163-87.
4. Brazer, H. E., "State Aid to Cities in Michigan," National Tax Journal, VII,
Mar., 1954, pp. 63-8e
5. Buchanan, J. M., "Federal Grants and Resource Allocation," Journal of
Political Economy, LX, J-une, 1952o
6.
^Federalism and Fiscal Equity," American Economic Review, LX, Sept.,
1950, pp. 583-99.
7.
"The Pure Theory of Public Finance," Journal of Political Economy,
LVII, D e c , 1949, pp. 496-503; comment by H. P. Jenkins, ibid., LIX,
Aug., 1951. PP. 353-7o
* 8. Butlin, S. J., "The Problem of Federal Finance," Economic Record, XXX,
May, 1954, pp. 7-18.
* 9. Curtis, C, A v , "Municipal Finance and Provincial-Federal Relations," Canadian
Journal of Economics 8c Political Science, XVII, Aug., 1951, PP. 297-306.
* 10. Dehem, R., and Wolfe, J. N., "The Principles of Federal Finance and the
Canadian Case," Canadian Journal of Economics 8c Political Science, XXI,
Feb., 1955, pp. 64-72.
11. Ecker-Racz, L. L., "intergovernmental Tax Coordination: Record and Prospects,"
National Tax Journal, V, Sept., 1952, pp. 245-60.
12. Egger, Rowland, ^Nature over Art: No More Local Finance," American Political
Science Review, XLVII, June, 1953, pp. 461-77.
13. Fitch, L. C , "Trends of Federal, State, and Local Government Expenditures
since 1890," American Economic Reviev, Supplement, LXIII, May, 1953,
pp. 217-33.
14. Groves, H. M., "income vs. Property Taxation for State and Local Governments,"
Journal of Land & Public Utility Economics, Nov., 1946.
15.
and Kahn, C. Harry, "The Stability of State and Local Tax Yields,"
American Economic Review, XLII, March, 1952, pp. 86-102.
16. Hamilton, H. D., "The Commission on Intergovernmental Relations and Grants in
Aid in the United States," Public Finance, IX, No. 2, 1954o
17. Harriss, C. L., "Current Problems of Local Government Finance in the U. S.,"
Revue de Science et de Legislation Financieres, No. 3, July-Sept., 1952.
18. Klarman, H. E., "Income Tax Deducibility," National Tax Journal, I, Sept.,
1948, pp. 241-9o
19. Lindholm, R. W., "State Fiscal Activity, 1945-49/ National Tax Journal, III,
Sept., 1950, pp. 242-7.
20. Manvel, A. D., "Regional Differences in the Scale of State and Local Government," National Tax Journal, VII, June, 1954, pp. 110-20o
* 21. Maxwell, Jo A., "The Equalizing Effects of Federal Grants," Journal of
Finance, IX, May, 1954, pp. 209-15; comment by J. M. Buchanan, and
reply, ibicL, X, Mar., 1955, PP. 70-2.
22.
"Economic Effects of Federal Grants in Aid," American Economic
Reviev, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954.
23. Mitchell, G. W., Litterer, 0. F., and Domar, E. D., "State and Local Finance,"
Postwar Economic Studies 3» Washington, B/G of Federal Reserve System, 1945,
24. Newcomer, M., "State and Local Finance in Relation to Economic Fluctuations/1
National Tax Journal, VII, June, 1954, pp. 97-109.
53
25. Perloff, Ho S,, ^Fiscal Policy at the State and Local Levels," in Post-war Economic Problems, ed. by S. E. Harris. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1943.
26. Reed, E. W., "Coordination of Federal and State Income Taxes," Southern
Economic Journal, XV, Apr*, 1949.
27. Scott, A. D., "Federal Grants and Resource Allocation," Journal of
Political Economy, IX, D e c , 1952, pp. 534-8o
28.
"The Evaluation of Federal Grants," Economica, XIX, Nov.,
1952, pp. 377-92.
29. Studenski, Paul, and Baikio, E o J., "Federal Grants in Aid," National
Tax Journal, II, Septo, 1949, ppo 193-214.
30. Sundelson, J* ¥•, and Mushkin, S. J., "The Measurement of State and Local
Tax EffortoM Memo. No, 58. Washington, Social Security Board, June^ 1944.
31o Waines, ¥. J., "Dominion-Provincial Financial Arrangements,0 Canadian
Journal of Economics & Political Science, XIX, Augo, 1953, pp. 301-15.
32. White, M. I o , and White, A o , "impact of Economic Fluctuations on Municipal
Finance," National Tax Journal , VII, Mar., 1954, pp. 17-39.
54
PART
VIII.
ECONOMIC STABILIZATION:
A.
VI
ELEMENTS OF A PRACTICAL PROGRAM
Monetary-Fiscal vs. Other Measures for Stability and Expansion
Books;
1. Bratt, Eo C , Business Cycles and Forecasting, Homewood, Irwin, 4th
rev. ed., 1953.
2 0 Brecher, Irving, Monetary-Fiscal Thought, 1919-39* Toronto, University
of Toronto Press, Spring, 1956.
3. Chandler, L. V., and Wallace, D. H. £EdsQ, Economic Mobilization and
Stabilizationo New York, Holt, 1951.
4. Committee for Economic Development, Defense against Recession: Policy
for Greater Economic Stability. New York, Mar., 1954.
5. Director, Aaron pSd/) , Defense, Controls and Inflation. Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1953> PP- 117-56.
6. Egle, W. P., Economic Stabilization; Objectives, Rules, and Mechanisms.
Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1952.
7. Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, The Quest for Stability.
Philadelphia, 1954.
8. Friedman, Milton, Essays in Positive Economics. Chicago, University of
"Chicago Press, 1953, PP. 117-56.
9. Gordon, R. A., Business Fluctuations. New York, Harper, 1952, Pt. 3.
10. Hald, Earl C , Business Cycles, boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1954, Pt. 4.
11. Hart, A. &., Defense and the Dollar. New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1953.
12.
and Brown, E. C , Financing Defense: Federal Tax and Expenditure
Policy. New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1951.
13. Homan, P., and Machlup, F. £Eds.J, Financing American Prosperity. New
York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1945.
14o Ilersic, A. R., Government Finance and Fiscal Policy in Post-War Britain.
London, Staples Press, 1955.
15• Lundberg, Erik, Business Cycles and Economic Policy. London, Allen 8c
Unwin, 1955.
16.
LEd.T, The Business Cycle in the Post-War World. New York, St.
Martin's Press, 1955.
17. Millikan, M. F. £Ed.J, Income Stabilization for a Developing Democracy,
New Haven, Yalfc University Press, 1953. Pt. II.
18. Simons, H. C , Economic Policy for a Free Society. Chicago, University
of Chicago Press, 1948.
Articles:
1. Bach, G. L., "Economic Requisites for Achieving Economic Stability,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950.
"2. ~T3oul&±ng/T£, H,, Slichteir/S.H., and Hansen, A. H., "The American
Economy in 1960/ Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXV, Nov.,
1953, PP. 257-68.
3. Butters, J. K., and others, "Tax Program for Sustained Mobilization,"
Harvard Btisiness Review, LXIV, 1951.
4. Ellis, H. S., and others, "A Symposium on the Economic Report of the
President and Related Documents," Review of Economics & Statistics,
XXXV, Aug., 1954, pp. 249-66.
~
"
5. Gurley, J. G., "Fiscal Policy in a Growing Economy," Journal of Political
Economy, LXI, D e c , 1953; comment by W. L. Smith, and reply, ibid.,
Oct., 1954.
55
6.
7o
8.
9.
10.
11.
12. u
13.
Hart, A. G., Hildebrand, G. H., and Fellner, W., "The Automaticity
of Full Employment under the Assumption of Diminished Defense
Expenditures," American Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May,
1954, pp. 402-33Laursen, Svend, "Lundberg on Business Cycles and Public Policy,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIX, May, 1955, PP. 221-34.
Lewis, J. P., "The Lull That Came to Stay," Journal of Political
Economy, LXIII, Feb o , 1955McCracken, P. W., "The Status of Monetary and Fiscal Policies,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950*
Musgrave, R. A., "Monetary and Fiscal Aspects of an Advanced Defense
Economy," American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, May, 1950•
"Fiscal Policy in Prosperity and Depression," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May, 1948, pp. 383-94.
Slichter, S. H., "Thinking Ahead: Breakup of the Business Cycle,"
Harvard Business Review, XXXIII, Jan.-Feb., 1955.
Wald, H. P., "Fiscal Policy, Military Preparedness and Postwar Inflation," National Tax Journal, II, Mar0, 1949. Reprinted in Readings
in Fiscal Policy.
B. Wage-Price Policy
Books1
1. Clark, J. M., Guideposts in Time of Change. New York, Harper, 1949, chapo 5,
2, Creamer, D., and Bernstein, M o , Behavior of Wage Rates during Business
Cycles. New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1950,
* .3. Hawtrey,^* &•> Cross Purposes in Wage Policy. London, Longmans, 1955.
4. Levinson, H. M., Unionism, Wage Trends and Income Distribution, 1914-47.
Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press, 1951.
5. National Bureau of Economic Research, Business Concentration and Price
Policy. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1955.
6. Ross, A. M., Trade Union Wage Policy. Berkeley, University of California
Press, 19W.
* 7. Turvey, Ralph [Ed.] , Wages Policy under Full Employment. London, Hodge, 1952.
* 8. Wright, D. M. LEd/J , The Impact of the Union. A Symposium on Labor Issues.
New York, Harcourt, Brace, 1951.
Articles:
*
*
1. Blair, J. M., "Economic Concentration and Depression Price Rigidity,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XLV, May, 1955, PPo 566-82.
2. Broehl, W. G., Jr., "Trade Unions and Full Employment," Southern Economic
Journal, XX, July, 1953, pp. 6l-73.
3. Brown, E. H. Phelps, and Roberts, B. C , "Wages Policy in Great Britain,"
Lloyds Bank Review, Jan., 1952.
4. Christenson, C. L., ""Variations in the Inflationary Force of Bargaining,"
American Economic Review, Supplemjent, XLIV, May, 1954, pp. 347-62.
5. Copland, D. B., "The Full Employment Economy with Special Reference to
Wages Policy," Oxford Economic Papers, V, Oct., 1953, pp. 221-34.
6. Dunlop, J. T., "Wage-Price Relations at High Level Employment," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVII, May, 1947, pp. 243-53.
7.
~ZH "Productivity and Wage Structure," in Income, Employment and
Public Policy. New York, Norton, 1948.
*
8. Fels, Rendigs, "The Effects of Price and Wage Flexibility on Cyclical
Contractions,11 Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIV, Novo, 1950,
pp. 596-610.
9. Hicks, J. R., "The Economic Foundation of Wage Policy," paper given
at meeting of the British Association, Sept., 195510. Higgins, B. H., "The Optimum Wage Rate," Review of Economics &
Statistics, XXXI, May, 19490
11.
1HL "Reder on Wage-Price Policy," Canadian Journal of Economics &
Political Science, XV, May, 1949.
* 12. Mason, E. S., "Prices, Costs, and Profits," in Money, Trade, and Economic
Growth. New York, Macmillan, 195113. Matthews, R. C. 0., "The Effect of Wage Cuts on Employment," Economic
Journal, XLI, Sept., 1951, pp. 5O5~1714. Mayer, T., "The Effect of a Wage Change upon Prices, Profits, and Employment," Economic Journal, LXI, Sept., 1951*
15. Moore, J. P., and Levy, L. V., "Price Flexibility and Industrial Concentration," Southern Economic Journal, XXI, Apr., 1955> PP* 435-40.
* 16. Morton, W. A*, "Trade Unionism, Full Employment, and Inflation,"
American Economic Review, XL, March, 1950, pp. 13-39*
17. Peacock, A. T., and Ryan, W. J. L., "Wage Claims and the Pace of Inflation,
1948-51," Economic Journal, LXIII, June, 195318. Phelps, 0. W., "Collective Bargaining, Keynesian Model," American Economic
Review, XXXVIII, Sept., 1948, pp. 581-9719. Poole, K. E., "Full Employment, Wage Flexibility, and Inflation," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLV, May, 1955> PP- 583-97•
* 20. Reder, M. W., "The Theoretical Problems of a National Wage-Price Policy,"
Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science, XIV, Feb.,19487
21. Rees, Albert, "Wage Levels under Conditions of Long-Run Full Employment,"
American Economic Review, XLIII, May, 1953> PP- 451-722. Richardson, J. H., and Singer, R* W., "Wage Policy in Full Employment,"
Economic Journal, LVII, D e c , 1947; LVIII, Sept., 1948.
23- Siegelman, Louis, "Inflation Control through a National Wage Policy,"
Journal of Finance, VII, Mar., 1952, pp- 66-76.
24. Simler, N. J., "Rigid Prices, the Inflationary Bias, and the Goal of
Economic Policy," Review of Social Economy, Sept., 1954.
* 25. Slichter, S. H., "Do the Wage Fixing Arrangements in the American Labor
Market Have an Inflationary Bias?" American Economic Review, Supplement , ZLIV, May, 1954, pp. 322-46.
26* Sultan, P. E., "Unionism and Wage-Income Ratios, 1929-51," Review of
Economics & Statistics, XXXVI, Feb*, 1954.
27* Tobin, James, "Money Wage Rates and Employment," in The New Economics,
ed. by S. E. Harris* New York, Knopf, 1947C.
Monetary Policy and Debt Management in the United States
Official Document:
1. U. S. Joint Committee on the Economic Report Flanders Subcommittee on
Economic Stabilization, U. S. Monetary Policy; Recent Thinking
and Experience. 83 Congress, 2 Session, Dec. 6-7, 1954. Washington,
1955.
57
Books °Q
1. Abbott, C. C , Federal Debt, Structure and Impact. New York, Twen=
tieth Century Fund, 19532. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, "Federal Reserve
Policy*" Postwar Economic Studies 8. Washington, Nov., 1947*
3. Committee for Economic Development. Managing the Federal Debt. New
York, 1954.
4. Fforde, J. S., The Federal Reserve System, 1945-49. Oxford, Oxford
University Press, 1954.
* 5* Goldenweiser, E. A., American Monetary Policy. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1951* 6. Money, Trade, and Economic Growth. In Honor of J. H. Williams. New York,
Macmillan, 1951* chaps, by R. V. Roosa and A. Sproul.
* 7. Murphy, H. C , The National Debt in War and Transition. New York,
Prentice-Hall, 1950.
8. Nadler, Marcus, Heller, Sipa, and Shipman, S. S., The Money Market
and Its Institutions. New York, Ronald Press, 19559- Ritter, L. S. Ed. , Money and Economic Activity: A Selection of Readings in the Field of Money and Banking •_ Boston, Houghton, Mifflin,
^
1952, Pt. 3.
10* Smithies, A., and Butters, J. R., Readings in Fiscal Policy. Homewood, Irwin, 1955«
Articles:
1. Alhadeff, D. A., "Monetary Policy and the Treasury Bill Market,"
American Economic ReviewT XLII, June, 1952, pp. 326-46*
2, Brockie, M. D., "Debt Management and Economic Stabilization,;" Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXVIII, Nov., 1954, pp. 613-28.
* 3- Carson, Deane, "Recent Open Market Committee Policy and Technique,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIX, Aug., 1955, pp. 321-42.
4. Donovan, C. H., "Debt Management and Federal Reserve Credit Policy
since 1945>" Southern Economic Journal, XX, Jan., 1954, pp. 231-42.
$. Fforde, J. S., MThe Monetary Controversy in the U.S.A., " Oxford
Economic Papers, III, Oct., 1951, pp. 221-39.
6. Freedman, Robert, Jr., "Federal Credit Agencies and the Structure of Money
Markets, Interest Rates and the Availability of Capital," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LXIX, Aug., 1955, pp. 421-44.
* 7- Hansen, A. H., "Monetary Policy," Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXVII,
May, 1955, PP- H 0 - 9 ; comment by S. Weintralib, ibid., Aug., 1955, pp. 292-6.
* 8. Kock, A. R., and others, "Money Market Developments and Prospects since the
'Accord,1" Journal of Finance, X, May, 1955, pp. 286-314.
9. McCracken, P. W., "The Public Debt: Hindrance or Advantage to Credit
Control?" Journal of Finance, VIII, May, 1953.
10. Musgrave, R. A*, "Monetary-Debt Policy Revisited," in Public Policy, ed.
by C. J. Friedrich and J. K. Galbraith. Cambridge, Harvard Graduate
School of Public Administration, 1954, pp. 155-76.
11. Ratchford, B. U., "Some Aspects of Debt Management in the United States,11
Public Finance, X, No. 2, 1955, pp. 133-4912. Reierson, R. L., "The Recent Tightening of Credit." New York, Bankers
Trust Company, 1955* 14 pp*
13• Review of Economics & Statistics;
"
eu "The Controversy over Monetary Policy," XXXIII, Aug., 1951, pp. 179-200.
b. "How to Manage the National Debt," XXXI, Feb., 1949, pp.'15-32.
14. Riefler, W. W., "Monetary Policy," Journal of Business, XXVII, July, 1954,
pp. 235-42.
15. Robinson, M. A., "Federal Credit and Creditors--Who Holds the National Debt?"
Hanover, Amos Tuck School of Business Administration, 1954.
16. Scott, I. 0*, "The New Monetary Policy," in Public Policy. Cambridge,
Harvard University Press, 1954*
58
17*
Seltzer, L. H., "The Changed Environment of Monetary-Banking Policyr"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVII, Mar., 1947> PP- 65-89*
18. Shaw, E. S-, "Monetary Policy and the Structure of the De"bt," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLIV, May, 1954, pp. 471-6.
19". Simmons, E / C , "Sales of Government Securities to Federal Reserve Banks
under Repurchase Agreements," Journal of Finance, IX, Mar., 1954,
pp. 23-40.
20- Snaveley, W. P., "The Asset Reserve Plan: An Appraisal," Southern
Economic Journal, XXI, Apr., 1955, pp. 425-34.
21. gp-rnnT^ /p1*m ^ tfFi np.n^ia.1 an^Monetary; Policies," in Proceedings of the
Annual Pacific Northwest Conference on Banking, Apr. f-ii, 1955Pullman, State College of Washington, 1955 > PP* 3-1522. Walker, C. E., "Federal Reserve Policy and the Structure of Interest
Rates on Government Securities," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LXVIII, Feb., 1954, pp. 19-42.
23• Wallich, H. C , "De"bt Management as an Instrument of Economic Policy,"
American Economic Review, XXXVI, June, 1946, pp. 292-310.
24. Wood, Elmer, "Recent Monetary Policies," Journal of Finance, X,
Sept., 1955, PP- 315-25.
25. Youngdahl, Richard, "Monetary Policy in Recent Years," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XLV, May, 1955> PP* 402-08.
*
D-
Fiscal Program of the Republican Administration
Official Documents:
L. Economic Report of the President. Washington, January, 1956.
2. U* S» Bureau of the Budgetf Review of the 1956 Budget. Washington,
Aug. 25, 1955.
Articles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
*
78.
*
9-
Committee f&r Economic Development, Federal Tax Issues in 1955*
New York, May, 1955Heller, W. W., "Appraisal of the Administration's Tax Policy," National
Tax Journal, VIII, Mar., 1955, pp. 12-28.
Hellmuth,W], F., Jr., "The Federal Budget for 1956," Federal Reserve
Bulletin, Feb., 1955.
Hughes, Rowland, "Some Aspects of the Federal Budget," Proceedings of
46th Annual Conference. Sacramento, National Tax Association,
1954, pp. 334-45.
Pechman, J. A., "Individual Tax Provisions of the 1954 Code," National
Tax Journal, VIII, Mar., 1955, pp. 114-35*
Riehm, J, W., federal Taxation: Perspective during the Fifth Decade,"
Michigan Law Review, May, 1954.
Smith, Dan T., "Two Years of Republican Tax Policy: An Economic Appraisal,"
National Tax Journal, VIII, Mar., 1955> PP- 2-11*
"The Internal Revenue Code of 1954," Proceedings of the 47th
Annual Conference. Sacramento, National Tax Association 1955, pp- 208-16.
Smithies, A., "The Twin Objectives of Tax Reduction and Reduction of Budget
Deficit," National Tax Journal, VIII, Mar., 1955, pp. 29-35.
FISCAL POLICY SEMINAR
Economics 248b
Spring Term -- 1950
I.
II.
SURVEY OF FISCAL-MONETARY THEORY AM) POLICY
FULL EMPLOYMENT THEORY --FROM KEYNES TO BEVERIDGE
A. Keynesian Economics
B. Postwar Full Employment Theory
HI.
' IY.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
INCOME, CONSUMPTION, SAVING, AND INVESTMENT RELATIONS
NATIONAL INCOME ANALYSIS AM) SOCIAL ACCOUNTING
FISCAL POLICY THEORY — TAX AND BUDGET POLICIES
A. Federal Budgetary Problems and Policies
B. Taxation, Consumption, and Investment
THE ROLE OF PUBLIC INVESTMENT
A, Public Works
B. Developmental Program--Contra-cyclical and Longer Range
1. Developmental Expenditures; Regional Planning
2. Housing and Urban Redevelopment
3. Social Security and Other Welfare Outlays
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL FISCAL RELATIONS
CURRENT MONETARY-FISCAL PROBLEMS AND POLICIES (U. S.)
A. Monetary^ Credit, and Fiscal Policies
B. Monetary Policy and Public Debt Management
WAGES, COSTS, AND PRICES
A. Keynes9 Short-Run Wage Theory
B. Wage-Cost Adjustments^ Price Policies^ and the Theory
of Employment
ECONOMIC CHANGE AND GROWTH
A. Problems of Economic Growth and Maturity
B. Theories of Economic Development
NATIONAL EXPERIMENTS WITH EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMS
GOVERNMENT EXPANSION IN THE ECONOMIC SPHERE
A. International Debate on Economic Planning and Controls
B. Postwar Economic Policies -- Foreign Experiences
1. The British Case
2. Reconstruction Policies in Other Countries
FISCAL POLICY SEMINAR
Economics 248b
Spring Term -- 1950
I.
SURVEY OF FISCAL-MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY
Books
Ellis, H. So (ed,); A Survey of Contemporary Economics, Philadelphia,
Blakiston, 1946, Chaps. 2 and 9.
Haberler, G.: Prosperity tod Depression. Geneva, United Nations, rev.
ed., 1946, Chaps. 8 and 13.
Homan, P, T. and F. Machlup (eds.): Financing American Prosperity.
New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1945.
Williams, J. R*t Post-War Monetary Plans and Other Essays. Oxford,
Blackwell, 4th rev. ed., 1949, Chaps. 12-15 /New York, Knopf,
3rd ed., 1947, Chaps. 9-11/.
II.
FULL EMPLOYMENT THEORY -- FROM KEYNES TO BEVERIDGE
A.
Keynesian Economics
Books
ican Economic Association: Readings in Business Cycle Theory.
Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1944.
A0henheim, Asher: Introduction to Business Cycles. New York,
Crowell, 1950.
"
Bratt, E. C.e. Business Cycles and Forecasting. Chicago, Irwin, 3rd
ed., 194a, Chaps. 8-9.
Fellner, William: Monetary Policies and Full Employment. Berkeley,
University of California Press, 1946.
Hansen, A. H,s Monetary Theory and Fiscal Policy. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1949.
_—_-*___—-.
Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles > New York, Norton,
1941.
Harris, S. E. (ed.): The New Economics. New York, Knopf, 1947.
Harrod, R. F,: The Trade Cycle. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 2nd ed.,
1946.
Hayes, H. Gordons Spending, Saving, and Employment. New York, Knopf,
1945.
Keynes, J. M.: The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money,
New York, Harcourt, Brace, 1936.
Klein, L. R.s Economic Fluctuations in the United States, 1921-41.
New York, Wiley, 1950.
The Keynesian Revolution. New York, Macmillan, 1947.
Marget, Ao: The Theory of Prices. New York, Prentice-Hall, Vol. 1,
1938, Vol. 2, 1942.
Morgan, E. V.s The Conquest of Unemployment. London, Sampson-Low,
1947.
Morgan, Theodores Income and Employment. New York, Prentice-Hall,
1947Ohlin, Bertils The Problem of Employment Stabilization. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1949.
2.
Pierson, J. H. G*°* Full Employment and Free Enterprise. Washington,
B.C., Public Affairs Press, 1947Pigou, A* Co: Lapses from Full Employment, London, Macmillan, 1945Robertson, D. H.: Essays in Monetary Theory. London, Staples Press,
2nd ed., 1946.
— — —
Robinson, Joan°o Essays in the Theory of Employment. New York,
Macmillan, 2nd ed., 194b.
Simons, H. C.s Economic Policy for a Free Society, Chicago,
University of Chicago Press, 1948.
Villard, H. He: Deficit Spending and the National Income. New York,
Farrar and Rinehart, 1941.
Wilson, Thomas0. Fluctuations in Income and Employment, New York,
Pitman, 3rd edtt, 1948.
Wright, D. M.: The Creation of Purchasing Power. Cambridge, Harvard
University Press, 1942.
Articles
Burns, A. F.; "Economic research and the Keynesian thinking of our
times," /26th Annual Report/. New York, National Bureau
of Economic Research, 1947.
"Keynesian economics once again," Review of Economic
Statistics, XXIX, Nov0 1947, pp. 252-65.
Colm, Gerhard: "Fiscal policy," Chap. 14 in Economic Reconstruction
(ed. by S. E. Harris). New York, McGraw-Hill, 1945.
Ellis, H. S.s "The state of the !new economics,1" American Economic
Review, XXXIX, Mar. 1949, pp. 252-65.
Fellner, W ~
"Hansen on full employment policies," Journal of Political
Economy, LX, June 1947.
Fels, Rendigs: !tWarburton vs* Hansen and Keynes," American Econpmic
Review, XXXIX, Sept. 1949.
Haavelmo, T.s "Multiplier effects of a balanced budget," Econometrica,
XIII, Oct. 1945, pp. 311-18i comments by 6. Haberler and
others, ibid., XIV, Apro 1946, pp. 148-58j and a further
comment by F. Gehrels, American Economic Review, XXXIX,
Dec, 1949, PP. 1276-78.
Hahn, L. A.: "Compensating reactions to compensatory spending,"
American Economic Review, XXXV, Mar. 1945, pp. 28-39.
Hardy, C. (571 "Fiscal policy and national income: review," American
Economic Review, XXXII, Mar. 1942.
Hicks, J. RT1 "Mr. Keynes and the sclassics ?oo a suggested interpretation," Econometrica, V, 1937- Reprinted in Readings in the
Theory of Income Distribution. Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1946.
Klein, Lo RII "Theories of effective demand and employment," Journal
of Political Economy, LV, Apr 1947, pp. 108-31.
"""
Kuznets, Si "Hansenf s ^Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles,'1 Review
of Economic Statistics, XXIV, Feb. 1942, pp. 31-6e
Leontief, ¥. W. j "Outp t, employment, consumption and investment,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVIII, Feb. 194' •
Modigliani, F.; "Liquidity preference and the theory of interest
and money," Econometrica, XII, Jan. 1944, pp. 45-88.
Neisser, K.t "The new economics of spending: a theoretical analysis,"
Econometrica, XII, July-Oct. 1944.
Reder, M. W.s "Interest and employment," Journal of Political Economy,
LIX, June 1946.
3.
Robinson, Austin: "John Maynard Keynes, 1883-1946/' Economic Journa1,
XVII, Mar. 1947, pp. 1-68.
Rueff, J.s "The fallacies of Lord Keynes1 General Theory/' Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LXI, May 1947 j pp. 353-67; comment by
J. Tobin and Ruefffs reply, ibid., LXII, Nov. 1948, pp. 763-82,
Somers, H. M.: "The impact of fiscal policy on national income,"
Canadian Journal of Economics 8c Political Science, VIII,
August 1942, pp. 364-85.
Tobin, J.: "Liquidity preference and monetary policy," Review of
Economic Statistics, XXXIX, May 1947, pp. 124-31.
Vickrey, W.: "Limitations of Keynesian economics," Social Research,
IV, Dec. 1948.
Warburton, Clark: "Hansen and Fellner on full employment policies,"
American Economic Review, XXXVIII, Mar. 1948, pp. 128-34.
"Monetary theory of deficit spending," Review of
Economic Statistics, XXVII, May 1945, pp. 74-84; comment by
H. W. Arndt, and Warburtonfs reply, ibid., XXVIII, May 1946,
pp. 90-3.
Williams, B. R.: "Types of competition and the theory of employment,"
Oxford Economic Papers, I, Jan. 1949*
Williams, J. H.: "An appraisal of Keynesian economics," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May 1948, pp. 273-90;
reprinted in Post-War Monetary Plans, Chap. 1 (Blackwell ed.).
Wright, D. M.: "The future of Keynesian economics," American Economic
Review, XXXV, June 1945, pp. 284-307.
B.
Postwar Full Employment Theory
Books
Beveridge, Lord: Full Employment in a Free Society. New York, Norton,
1944; Kaldor's Appendix, pp. 340-401.
Coombs, H. C : Problems of a High Employment Economy. Adelaide,
Hassell Press, 1944.
Copland, D. B.: The Road to High Employment. Cambridge, Harvard
University Press, 1945.
De Chazeau, M. and others: Jobs and Markets. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1946,
Diblin, L. F.: The Problem of Maintaining Full Employment. Melbourne,
Melbourne University Press, 1943Hansen, A. H.: Economic Policy and Full Employment. New York, McGrawHill, 1947.
Lerner, A. P.: The Economics of Control. New York, Macmillan, 1944.
and F. D. Graham (eds.): Planning and Paying for Full
Employment. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1946.
Oxford Institute of Statistics: The Economics of Full Employment.
Oxford, Blackwell, 1944.
Somers, H. M.: Public Finance and National Income. Philadelphia,
Blakiston, 1949.
Articles
Anderson, R. V.: "Full Employment in a Free Society" (a review),
Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science, XII,
May 1946, pp. 192-203.
~~
~ ~
~~
Bauer, P. T.: "Lord Beveridge on full employment," Kyklos, I,
Fasc. 2, 1947.
4.
Bea,ttie> J. R.s "Some aspects of the problem of full employment"
Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science, X, Aug. 1944,
pp. 325-42.
Chamberlain, No W.s "Professor Hansen's fiscal policy and the debt,"
American Economic Review, XXXV, June 1945.
Copeland, M. A.2 "How to achieve full and stable employment," American
Economic Review Supplement, XXXIV, Mar. 1944, pp. 134-50.
Dobretsberger, J.: "A critical review of discussions of full employment,"
Kyklos, I, No, 1, 1947, PP. 19-25.
Garland, J. M.s "Some aspects of full employment," Economic Record,
Dec 1944.
Grayson, Henrys "The econometric approach: a critical analysis," Journal
of Political Economy, LVI, June 1948, pp. 253-7Hansen, A. H.: "Three methods of expansion through fiscal policy,"
American Economic Review, XXXV, June 1945; pp. 382-7; comment
by J, M. Clark, ibid., Dec. 1945, pp. 926-8.
_^
. "The postwar economy," Chap. 1 in Postwar Economic
Problems. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1943, pp. 1-26.
"~~
"After the war—full employment" (rev.). Washington, P.C.,
National Resources Planning Board, Feb. 1943.
Hart, A. G.: "Model building and fiscal policy," American Economic Review,
XXXV, Sept. 1945, pp. 519-30.
Hayes, H. Gordon: "Keynesism and public policies," in 20th Century Economic
Thought (ed. by Glenn E. Hoover) - New York, Philosophical
Library, 1949.
H
Kalecki, M,: "The maintenance of full employment after the transition
period: a comparison of the problem in the U.S* and the U.K.,"
International Labour Review, LII, Nov. 1945 > pp. 449-64.
Meyers, A. L.: "Some implications of full employment policy," Journal of
Political Economy, LIV, June 1946, pp. 258-65.
Mosak, J. L.: "National budgets and national policy," American Economic
Review, XXXVI, Mar. 1946, pp. 20-43j comment by A. G. Hart
and Mosak8s rejoinder, ibid., Sept. 1946, pp. 632-41.
Musgrave, R. A.: "Fiscal policy, stability and full employment," in
Postwar Economic Studies, No. 3, Washington, D.C., Federal Reserve
Board, Dec. 1945, pp. 1-21.
"Alternative budget policies for full employment,"
American Economic Review, XXXV, June 1945, pp. 387-400.
Oliver, H. W.s "The analytical value of employment equilibrium models,"
Southern Economic Journal, XVI, Oct. 1949.
Pigou, A. C«; "Employment policy and Sir William Beveridge," Agenda,
Aug. 1944, pp. 18-29*
Robinson, E. A. G.: "Sir William Beveridge on fFull Employment,1" Economic
Journal, LV, Apr, 1945, pp. 7O-6.
Smithies, "E7i ^ull employment in a free society," American Economic Review,
XXXV, June 1945, pp. 355-67.
Stone, J. R. N* and E. F, Jacksons "Economic models with special reference
to Mr. Kaldorss system," Economic Journal, LVI, Dec. 1946.
Woytinsky, W. S.t "The maintenance of full employment after the transition
period: notes on Mr, Kalecki8s models," American Economic Review,
XXXVI, Sept. 1946, pp. 641-5J comment by M. Kalecki, ibid.,
XXXVII, June 1947, pp. 391-6.
Wright, D. M.s "The economics of Sir William Beveridge," Virginia Quarterly
Review, ~ Summer 1945.
III.
INCOME, CONSUMPTION, SAVING, AND INVESTMSM1 RELATIONS
A. Consumer Spending-Saving and Changes in Income
Books
Barna, T.s The Redistribution of Income Through Public Finance in 1937*
London, Oxford University Press/ 1945'
Bawley, A, L. and R. G. D. Aliens Family Expenditure. London, King, 1935•
Brookings Institution: The Distribution of Income in Relation to Economic
Progress /4 vols^/. Washington, D. C o , Brooking^, 1936 •
Duesenberry, Je S«i Income, Saving and the Theory of Cons-umer Behavior,.
Cambridge, Harvard^University Press, 1949*
Federal Reserve Bulletins /Annual./ "Survey of Consumer Finances/*
Vols, 32-5Haterler, G.s Consumer Instalment Credit and Economic Fluctuations,
New York, Hational Bureau of Economic Research, 1942.
Lewis, H« and P* H. Douglas: Studies in Consumer Expenditures, 1901,
1918-19, 1922-24. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 194J.
Lo-ugh, W. H.s Bigh-Level Consumption. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1935Mack, R. Pe°o The Flow of Businesi^Funds and Consumer Purchasing Power,,
New York, Columbia University Press, 1941.
Madge, Co: t!War-Iime Pattern of Spending and Saving." (Occasional Paper
No. IV). London, Cambridge University Press, 1943.
Mender&hausen, H.s Changes in Income DlstriTjution During the Great
Depression, New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1946.
Moulton, He G.o Controlling Factors in Economic Development, Washington,
D.C., 1949, Chap. 4"and Appendix! ~ ~ ~ ~
National Resoiirces Committee: Consumer Expenditures in the United States,
1935-36. Washington, D.C., 1936*
—
^
Consumer Incomes in the United States:
Their Distribution_j.nT93^-36a Washington, D.C., 1939»
Nugent, Rolfs Consumer Credit and Economic Stability. New York, Russell
Sage Foundation, 1939•
Seers, Dudleys Changes in the Cost of Living and the Distribution of
Income'?;Since^l93B7°M^xford, Blackwell, 1949.
Stone, Richard: The Analysis of Market Demand. London, National Institute
of Economic and Social Research, 1945.
TNEC, Monograph No* 4: Concentration and Composition of Individual Incomes,
1918-37 ~ ~ ~
~~
~~
United States, Depts of Agricultures Consumer Purchases Studies on Family
Incomes and Expenditures, 1939^40« Washington, D > C M 1941.
_________^^
National Survey of Liquid Asset
Holdings, Spending and Savingo Washington^ D.C^ 1946.
. Waite, W« and R 9 Cassady, Jr«s Tlie_Consumer and the Economic Order.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 19490
Articles
Anderson, M»s !!A formula for total savings^" Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LVII, Nov. 1943, pp o 106-19.
"°^~™
Bangs, R e B.s flChanging relation of consumer income and expenditures,"
Survey of Current Bixslneg^, Apr. 1942.
Bassie, V."L.: ^ConsiBiers! e^qpenditures in war and transition," Reviev
of Economic Statistics, XXVTIX, Aug. 1946, pp..117-30.
6.
_,_____^^
I. Friend: "Consumption-saving function again,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXK, Nov. 1948, pp. 298-303.
Bean, L. H. and otherss "Five views on the consumption function,"
Review of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, Nov. 1946, pp. 197-224.
Bennion, E 7 7 "The multiplier, the acceleration principle and fluctuating
autonomous investment," Iteview of Economic Statistics, XXVII,
May 1945, pp. 85-92.
Benoit-Smullyan, E. B.: "Net investment, consumption, and full employment,"
reply "by A. Sweezy, American Economic Review, XXXIV, Dec. 1944.
Booker, E. S.: "The distribution of income under full employment,"
The Manchester School, "XV, Jan* 1947*
Boulding, Ko E.: "The consumption concept in economic theory,11 American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXV, May 1945, pp. 1-14.
Bowman, M* J.: "Theories of income distribution: where do we stand?
Journal of Political Economy, LVI, Dec. 1942, pp. 533-38.
Brady, D. and F. M. Williams: "Advances in the techniques of measuring
consumer expenditures," Journal of Farm Economics, XXVII, May 1945•
Bronfenbrenner, M.s "The consumption function controversy,11 Southern
Economic Journal, XIV, Jan. 1948, pp. 304-20.
' "Some fundamentals in liquidity theory,M Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LIX, May 1945 *
Burns, A. F71 "The Brookings inquiry into income distribution and progress,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LIX, May 1945*
Cavin, J. ¥71 "Aspects of wartime consumption," American Economic Review,
XXXV, May 1945, pp. 15-36.
Clark, Colin: "Post-war savings in the U.S.A.," Bulletin, Oxford Institute
of Statistics, VII, Woso 6-7, May 19, 1945.
Cockfield, F. A.; "The distribution of incomes," Economica, XIV, Oct. 1947.
Freeman, A,, C. and L. Banes "Saving and spending patterns," American Economic
Review, XXXIV, June 1944.
Friend, Irwins "Personal saving in the postwar period," Survey of Current
Business, Septa 1949.
Fulcher, G. S.i !TAnnual saving and underspending of individuals, 1926-37/"
Review of Economic Statistics, XXIII, Feb. 1941.
Garvy, Georges "The role of dissaving in economic analysis," Journal of
Political Economy, LVI, Oct. 1948, pp. 416-27.
Gil"boy, E.~W7: w Inc ome - expenditure relations," Review of Economic Statistics,
XXII, Aug. 1940, pp. 115-21.
Haavelmo, T.s "Family expenditures and the marginal propensity to consume,"
"Econometricaj XV, Oct. 1947, pp. 335-41.
Haring, A. and others: "Durable cons-umers f goods," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXVIlI, 1938, pp. 149-54.
Harrod, Re F»t "The fall in consimption," Bulletin, Oxford Institute of
Statistics, X, No. 5, May 1948j comments by G. D, N« Worswick and
others and Harrod*s reply, i M d 6 , No. 9, Sept* 1948.
Hart, A. G*: "Assets, liquidity and investment," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXIX, May 1949, pp. 171-81.
"Postwar effects to "be expected from wartime liquid accrarulations," American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXV, May 1945.
Hoover, C 9 B, and others: fiDura"ble consumers * goods,lf American Economic
Review, Supplement, XXVIII, 1938.
Hyson, C. 57: ^Savings in relation to potential markets," American Economic
Review, XXXVI, Dec, 1946.
Kalecki, M 7 7 ""A theory of the long-run distribution of the product of
industry," Oxford Economic Papers, No. 5, June 1941, pp. 31-41.
7,
The distribution of national income/1 in Essays in the
Theory of Economic Fluctuations. London, Allen & Unwin, 1939*
Katona, George: "Effect of income changes on the rate of saving/1
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXI, May 1949, pp. 95-103o
ZZZ
"Prospects for spending and saving by consumers/1
Washington, U.S* Bept. of Agriculture, Sept, 15, 1945.
Klein, L. R<z "A post-mortem on transition predictions of national
product," Journal of Political Economy, LIV, Aug. 1946,
pp 0 289-30F:
Kyrk, H.s "Income distribution as a measure of economic welfare,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, 195°*
Livingston, M. and others: "Forecasting postwar demand," Econometrica,
III, Jan. 1945.
Lubbell, H*: "The effects of redistribution of income on consumers1 expenditures," American Economic Review, XXXVII, Mar. 1947;
pp. 157-70; and a correction, ibid., Dec. 1947.
Mack, Re P«: "The direction of change in income and the consumption
f-unction," Review of Economics & Statistics, XXX, Nov» 1948.
McKean, R. N.: "Liquidity and the national balance sheet," Journal of
Political Economy,, LVII, Dec. 1949, PP° 506-22.
Metzler, L. A. : "Three lags in the circular flow of income," in Income,
Employment and Public Policy. New York, Norton, 1948.
"Effects of income distribution," Review of Economic
Statistics, XXV, Feb. 1943Modigliani, F.1 "Fluctuations in the saving-income ratios a problem in
- economic forecasting," Studies in Income and Wealth, XJ. New
York, 1949.
Neisser, Hans: ^Government net contribution and foreign balance as offsets to savings," Review of Economic Statistics, XXVI, Nov. 1944.
Pierson, J« H. G.: "The underwriting approach to full employment, a further
explanation," Review of Economics 8c Statistics, XXXI, Aug. 1949,
pp. 182-92^
"The underwriting of aggregate consumjer spending as
a pillar of full employment policy," American Economic Review,
XXXIV, Mar. 1944, pp. 21-55. Reprinted in his book, Full""""
Employment and Free Enterprise „ Washington, D.C., Public Jiff airs
Press, 1947,
Polak, J. J.: "Fluctuations in United States consumption, 1919-32," Review
of Economic Statistics, XXI, 1939, pp* 1-12.
Prest, A. 17! "Some experiments in demand analysis," Review of Economics &
Statistics, XXXI, Feb. 1949, pp. 33-49.
Rhodes, E. C : "The distribution of earned and investment incomes in the
U»K./ ! Economica, XVI, Feb. 1949, pp. 53-65.
"The distribution of incomes in the U.S.," Econopiica^ X,
Aug. 1943> comment by Go Garvy, ibid., XI, 1944, pp« 104-5.
"The distribution of incomes," Economica, IX, Aug. 1942,
Rosa, R. YBt "Use of the consumption function in short-run forecasting,"
Review of^Economics & Statistics, XXX, May 1948, pp* 91-105.
Shapiro, S«: "Consumer income and saving, 1945-49," Monthly Labor Review,
LXIX, Dec. 1949, pp. 619-28.
— —
Shaw, E. S o : "Consumer expenditures, 1929-43," Survey of Current Business,
June 1944,
™~
Smelker, M. W.s "Shifts in the concentration of income," Review of Economics
& Statistics, XXX, Aug, 1948, pp. 215-22.
Staehle, Hans: "Short period variations in the distribution of income,"
Review of Economic Statistics, XIX, 1937, pp. 133-43*
n
8.
Stauffacher, C»: !!Tlie effects of government expenditures and tax withdrawals upon income distribution, 1930-39/' in Public Policy,
II. Cambridge, Harvard Graduate School of Public Administration,
1941.
Tucker, R. S e : rfThe National Resources Committee's report on the distribution of income," Review of Economic Statistics, XXII,
Nov. 1940.
Williams, R, S,°. "Fiscal policy and propensity to consume./1 Economic
Journal, LV, June 1945, comment by H* Norris, ibid., LVI,
June 1946, ppa 316-8.
Winston, C. and M, A. .Smiths "Income sensitivity of consumption expenditures/1 Survey of Current Business^ Jan. 1950, pp. 17-20.
Woytinsky, Wo S.: "What -was wrong in forecasts of postwar depression?"
Journal of Political Economy, LV, Apr. 1947, pp. 142-51.
.
and N. Koffsky: ""Two more contributions on the consumption function/1 Review of Economics & Statistics, XXX,
Feb. 1948, pp. 284-307.
B.
Business Savings, Investment, and Fluctuations in Income
Books
Abramowitz, M.: The Role of Inventories in Business Cycles. New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1942.
Angell, J. Wot Investment and Business Cycles. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1941.
Clark, Colin;; The Conditions of Economic Progress. London, Macmillan,
1940 /Rev. ed« to be published probably in 195£7*
Dirks, F. C. and E o J* Hopkins: "Private capital requirements," in
Postwar Economic Studies, No. 5j Washington, D.C., Federal
Reserve Board, Sept, 1946•
Fuller, Do R«« Government Financing of Private Enterprise. Stanford,
Stanford University Press, 1949"
Haberler, G., S 9 Kuznets (inter alia): Capital Formation and Its Elementsr
New York, National Industrial Conference Board, 1939*
Koch, A, E.: The Financing of Large Corporations, 1920-39* New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research 1943*
League of Nations: Economic Stability in the Post-War World. Geneva, 1945Long, C. D.: Building Cycles and the Theory of Investment. Princeton,
Princeton University Press, 1940.
Lutz, F. A.: Corporate Cash Balances, 1914-43. New York, National Bureau
of Economic Research. 1945.
Machinery & Allied Products Institute; Savings and Investment in the
American Enterprise System. Chicago, July 1939_________
Capital Goods and the American
Enterprise System* Chicago, Apr* 1939*
Savings and American Progress,
Chicago, Dec. 1937*
-——-—---------_^--—-«--^_-^^_---_
Capital Goods and American Progress,
June 1937.
Durable Goods Activity, June 1937.
Merlin, S. D6s The Theory of Fluctuations in Contemporary Economic Thought.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1949.
Mo-ulton, H* G.: The Formation of Capital. Washington, D.C., Brookings, 1935,
9.
Pennsylvania, University of - Bicentennial Conference: Studies in
Economics and Industrial Relations* Philadelphia^ University
of Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
Radice, E, k*\ Savings in Great Britain> London, Oxford University
Press, 1939.
Silberling, N. J.s The Dynamics of Business. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1943*
Terborgh, Georges Dynamic Equipment Policy» Chicago, Machinery & Allied
Products Institute, 1949.
Public and Private Investment After the War. Chicago,
Machinery & Allied Products Institute, 1943»
United States Congress^ Joint Committee on Economic Reports Volume and
Stability of Private Investment /Hearings, 8lst Congress, 1st
Session, Sept. 27-29, 1949?- Washington, D.C., 1949.
Articles
Abbott, Co C : "Sources of business funds: selected statistics, 1930-44,"
Review of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, Aug. 1946.
Abramowitz, M.: "Savings vs. investments "profits vs. prosperity,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, JCXXII, June 1942.
Bogen, Jules and others1 "Stimulating investment in equity securities,*1
American Economic Review, Supplement, XL^ 1950.
Caplajx, B.T "Reinvestment and the rate of interest/1 American Economic
Review,, XXX, 1940, pp. 56I-68.
Crum, W. L, (chmru)s "Income and capital formation," American Economic
Review^ Supplement, XXIX, 1939.
Deibler, F. &• (chmn,)% "The effects of industrial and technological
developments upon capital formation," American Economic Review,
XXIX, 1939.
Dobrovolsky, S, P.: "The effect of replacement investment on national
income and employment/1 Journal of Political Economy, LV,
Aug. 1947.
_^
"Corporate retained earnings and cyclical fluctuations,"
American Economic Review, XXXV, Sept. 1945, pp. 559-74.
Edmunds, Stahrl; "Financing capital formation," Harvard BusinesB Review,
XXVIII, Jan. 1950, pp. 33-41.
Einarsen, J.: "Reinvestment cycles," Review of Economic Statistics,
XX, Feb. 1937, PP- 1-10•
"*~—
'
~
E&ekiel, M*s "Savings constimption^ and investment," American Economic
Review, XXXII, March-June 1942, pp. 22-49, 272-307; comments
by I. Friend and G. Fulcher, ibid., Dec. 1942/ pp. 829-40.
Friend^ Iirwins "Business financing in the postwar period," Survey of
Current Business, Mar. 1948,
Froehlich, W«: "Income determination and investment," American Economic
Review, XXXVIII, .Mar. 1948, pp. 78-91.
'
*~
Gilbert^ R, V. and V. Perlo: "The investment factor method of forecasting
business activity," Econometrica, X, July-Oct* 1942.
Goldsmith, R. ¥# and W» S* Salant: "The volime and components of saving
in the U.S., 1933-37." Studies inJTncome and Wealth, III.
New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1939*
Goodwin, R. M.: "Innovations and the irregularity of economic cycles/1
Review of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, May 1946, pp. 95-104,
Hahn, F. HTI "A note on profit and uncertainty," Economica, XIV,
Aug. 1947, PP. 226-41.
~
10.
Hart, Ao G.s "Uncertainty and inducements to invest," Reviev of Economic
Studies, VIII, Oct0 1940, pp0 49-53*
Hayek, F. IT: "^he Ricardo effect," Economica, IX, 1942, pp.: 127-520
"The maintenance of capital," Economica, II, 1935> PP° 241-76;
comment by J. R9 Hicks, ibid,, VIII, 1941, pp. 276-80.
"Investment that raises the demand for capital," Review of
Economic Statistics, XIX, Nov* 1937a Reprinted in Profits,
Interest and Investment. London, Routledge, 1939•
Henderson, Sir Ho D9: "The significance of the rate of interest,"
Oxford Economic Papers, No. 1, 0cto 1938, pp. 1-13.
Hicks, J. R8: "Maintaining capital intact: a further suggestion," Economica,
IX, May 1942.
Humphrey, Dons "The relation of surpluses to income and employment during
depression," American Economic Reviev, XXVIII, June 1938, pp* 223-34.
Jacoby, N. W.s "Demand for funds by American "business enterprises," Journal
of Finance, III, Part 1, Oct. 1948, pp, 27-38; Part 2, IV,
Mara 1949, pp. 28-46.
Jones, Homers "The flow of savings," Journal of Finance, Part 1, III,
Oct. 1948, pp. 1-26j part 2, IV, Mar* 1949, pp. 28-46.
_*_
"Institutional changes to facilitate equity investment,"
American Economic Reviev, Supplement, XXXVIII, May 1948, pp. 321-39Kaldor, N.: "Professor Hayek and the concertina effect," Economica, IX,
Nov. 1942, pp6 359-82.
"Capital intensity and the trade cycle," Economica, VI,
Feb0 1939. PPo 40-66,
Kalecki, M*: "A new approach to the problem of business cycles," Review of
!
Economic Studies, XVl(2), No, 40, 1949-50, pp* 57-64. ~~
"Full employment by stimulating private investment," Oxford
Economic Papers, No9 7, Mar. 1945, pp* 83-92,
Klein, L. R«: "Pitfalls in the statistical determination of the investment
schedule," Econometrica, XI, July-Oct, 1943; comment by
Mo Ezekiel, ibid,, XII, Jan. 1944.
"Notes on the theory of investment," Kyklos, II, Fasc. 2,
1948, ppo 97-117.
Knight, F« H.s "Diminishing returns from investment," Journal of Political
Economics, LXII, Nov. 1948, pp. 698-7131 comment by D. Hahn and
a reply, ibid., LXIII, Aug. 1949, pp* 430-4.
Kreps, Te J. and others: "Status and role of private investment in the American
economy," American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXI, Feb. 1941.
Lachmann, L. M«s "Investment repercussions," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LXII, Nov. 1948, pp, 698-7131 comment by De Hahn and a reply, ibid.,
LXIII, Aug. 1949, pp. 430-4*
"A note on the elasticity of expectations," Economica,
XII, Nov. 1945 c
~*
and Fc Snapper; "Commodity stocks in the trade cycle,"
Economica, V, 1938, pp. 435-54*
Metzler, L, A.: "Factors governing the length of inventory cycles," Reviev of
Economic Statistics, XXIX,, Feb. 1947O
"The nature and stability of inventory cycles," Reviev of
Economic Statistics, XXIII, 1941, pp. 113-29.
Moonitz, M,: "The risk of obsolescence and the importance of the rate of
interest," Journal of PoliticaljlcQnQmy, LI, Aug. 1943, pp, 348-55.
Morgan, T.: "Interest, time preference, and the yield of capital," American
!
Economic Review, XXXV, Mar. 19459
Ruggles, C. 6.: "Corporate surpluses, income and employment," American Economic
Review, XXIX, Dec. 1939^ PP* 724-33.
'
'
II,
Samuelson, P, A.: "A statistical analysis of the consumption function/1
Appendix to Hansen*s Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles, New
York, Norton,, 1941, pp. 250-60*
~~~
Schmidt, C 8 H.: "Industrial differences in large corporation financing/1
Federal Reserve Bulletin, XXXV, June 1949, pp. 626-33.
"Savings institutions and capital markets," Federal Reserve
Bulletin, XXXV, Mar, 1949, pp. 238-46.
Shackle, G. L. S.s "A means of promoting investment," Economic Journal,
LI, June-Sept. 1941.
^^^___><___i^___ "Interest rates and the pace of investment," Economic Journal,
LVI, Mar* 1946, pp. 1-17.
Shaw, E. S.: "Elements of a theory of inventory," Journal of Political
Economy, XLVIII, Aug. 1940, pp. 465-85,
Silberling, No J.°. "Some aspects of durable consumer goods financing ajid
investment fluctuations," American Economic Review, XXVIII,
Sept. 1938.
Simpson, K.; "Securities markets and the investment process," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXVIII, 1938.
Slichter, S* H.: T*The conditions of expansion," American Economic Review,
XXXII, Mar. 1942.
*~~ ~" !
"^
Terborgh, Georges "Innovations in American progress," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XL, 1950*
•
"Estimated expenditures for new durable goods, 1919-38,"
Federal Reserve Bulletin, XXV, Sept* 1939, PPo 1-8•
Warner, D. and A* R, Kochs "Estimated durable goods expenditures, 1939-45,"
Federal Reserve Bulletin, XXXII, Sept. 1946, pp. 967-73•
Wilson, D. S o : "Post-war role of business inventories," Survey of Current
Business, Oct. 1946.
Wilson, J. Se G.s "Investment in a monetary economy," Economica, XVI,
Nov. 1949, PP. 321-35*
Wright, D, M.: "Professor Knight on limits to the use of capital,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVIII, May 1944, pp. 331-58.
IV. NATIONAL INCOME ANALYSIS AND SOCIAL ACCOUNTING
Books
American Economic Association: Readings in the Theory of Income Distribution.
Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1946.
'
Barger^ Harolds Outlay and Income in the United States, 1921-38* New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1942.
Bowley, A. L* (ed.)s Studies in the National Income, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press^ 19429
Carter, C. F«, W* B* Reddaway and Re Stones The Measurement of Production
Movements, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1948*
Clark, Colin: The Conditions of Economic Progress. London, Macmillan, 1940
/Rev. ecL. to be published probably in 1950/0
,
National Income and Outlay, London, Macmillan, 1937*
DerJksen, J. Be D.: "A System of Tfational Book-Keepingj Illustrated by the
Experience of the Netherlands Economy," /Occasional Paper No. 10/.
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1946•
Fabricant, S,i Capital Consumption and Adjustment» New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1938.
Hicks, J. R.: The Social Framework. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 3rd ed., 1943.
12.
^
and A. G. Harts The Social Framework of the American Economy.
New York, Oxford University Press, 1945~
Kuznets, Simon: National Incpme and Capital Formation, 1&19-1935* New
York, National Bureau of Economic Research 1937•
National Income and Its Composition, 1919-38. (2 vols.)
New Yorkj National Bureau of Economic Research, 1941.
National Incomes A Summary of Findings. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 19Ao.
National Product Since 1869. New York, National Bureau of
Economic Research, 1946.
Lindahl, Erik, E o Dahlgren and Karin Kock: National Income of Sweden,
I86I-I93O. London, King, 1937.
Martin, F. F.: National Income in the United States, 1799-1938. New York,
National Industrial Conference Board, 1939•
Meade, J. E* and R. Stone: National Income and Expendituree Cambridge,
Eng», Bowes and Bowes, 1946.
Hyint, Hla: Theories, of Welfare Economics. Cambridge, Harvard University
Press, 1948.
'
Pigou, A. C : Income: An Introduction to Economics. London, Macmillan,
1946". •
Economics of Welfare, London, Macmillan, 4th ed«, 1938.
Rostas, L.: "Productivity, Prices and Distribution in Selected British .
Industries," /Occasional Paper No, ll/* Cambridge, Cambridge
University Pr^ss, 1948,
"Comparative Productivity in British and American industry*v
/Occasional Paper, No, 13/»Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1949,
Ruggles, Richard: An Introduction to National Income and Income Analysis,
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1948,
Shaw, E. S.: Value of Commodity Output Since 1869, New York, National
Bureau'of Economic Research, 1947Shoup, Carl S.: Principles of National Income Analysis. Boston, Houghton,
Mifflin, 1947.
Stamp, Josiahs
The National Capital and Other Statistical Studies.
London, King, 1937* _
Studies in Income and Wealth /l2 vols. to date, 1937-50/e New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1937-3"9, see especially
Vols. I-III, and XII.
United Nations; Measurement of National Income and the Construction of
Social Accounts. Geneva, 1947.
United Nations, International Association for Research in Income and Wealth:
papers given at meeting, Cambridge, England, Aug. 27-Sept. 3,
1949. Lake Success, 1950.
Recent Official Documents
Australia, Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics: National Income
and Expenditure, 1947-48. Canberra, Commonwealth Government, 7
Sept. d, 194b.
Canada, Dominion Bureau of Statistics: National Accounts, Income and
Expenditure, 1938-47•" Ottawa, Dec. 194b.
United Kingdom, Treasury* "National Income and Expenditure of the United
Kingdom, 1946 to 1948I! (CmcL 7649). London, H.M.S.O., Apr. 1949.
13..
United States, Department of Commerces "National Income Supplement,Tt
Survey of Current Business, July 1947, July 1949"National Income and Product
Statistics of the United States," Survey of Current Business,
July 1948 (for 1944-47); July 1949 (for 1942-46).
Articles
Abraham, W* I»: "The comparability of national income statistics of
English speaking countries," Review of Economics & Statistics,
XXX, Aug. 1949, PP. 207-14,
Arndt, H. W.: "Productivity in manufacturing and real income per head in
Great Britain and the United States," Oxford Economic Papers,
Nov. 1947.
Aukrust, 0 9 , P. Jo Bjerve and R. Frisch: "A system of concepts * describing
the economic circulation and productive process" (Monograph)*
Oslo, Institute of Economics, Mar* 1948*
Barber, C. L«: "The concept of disposable income," Canadian Journal of
Economics & Political Science, XV, May 1949, pp. 227-9; comment
"by L. Goldberg, ibid., Nov. 1949Barna, T.: "The French national accounts/' Bulletin, Oxford Institute of
Statistics, X, Mar. 1948, pp. 73-83.
_^
"The valuation of stocks and national income,11 Economica, IX,
1942, pp. 349-58o
Bovley, A. L.: "The measurement of real income," The Manchester School,
XI, 1940, pp. 59-96.
B r o w , P. S«: "Prospective national income and capital formation in the
United Kingdom," American Economic Review, JOQCVX, Sept. 1946.
Champerno¥ne, D« 6«: "The national income and capital formation 'in the
United Kingdom, 1938-45," Bulletin, Oxford Institute of
Statistics, VIII, May 1946.
Colm, Gerhard: "The Government's "budget and the nation9s economic budget,"
Public Finance, III, 1948.
Cooper, W. W., Irwin Friend, E. E o Hagen and Mo A* Copeland: "Social accounting," Accounting Review, July 1949Dacey, ¥ o Mannings "The 1944 White Paper on National Income and Expenditure,"
Economic Journal, L1V, June-Sept6 1944*
Dennison, E. F* • ^Proposed changes in the measurement of national product
by the Department of Commerce," Studies in Income and Wefilth, XNew York, 1947.
Derksen, J. B. D.s "Comparing national incomes—problems, progress and facts,"
Dunffs Review, June 1944, pp. 15-6, 76-86.
Franzsen, D» G*i "Some methodological problems raised by the calculation of
the Union's national income, by income type," South African Journal
of Economics, XVI, June 1948.
Geary, R. CT1 "The concept of net volume of output," Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, .1944, pp e 251-61.
Gilbert, Milton: "Measuring national income as affected by the war,"
Journal of the American Statistical Assn e , June 1942#
"U.S. national income statistics," Economic Journal,
LIII, Apre 1943.
~ ~
and George Jaszis "The 1945 White Paper on National Income
and Expenditure," Economic Journal, LV, D e c 1945, pp. 444-53.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ National product and income statistics
as an aid in economic problems/1 Dun g s Review, LI, Feb. 1944.
14.
^National product, war
$ H. Staehle, and W* S. Woytinsky:
and prewar: some comments on Professor Kuznets* study/1 Review
of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, Augft 1944.
Goldberg, S. A.: "The development of national accounts in Canada," Canadian
Journal of Economics & Political Science, XV, Feb. 1949.
Goldsmith, R. W«: "Measuring national wealth in a system of social accounting," Studies in Income and Wealth, XII. New York, 1950.
Henderson, P., Dudley Seers, and P. P. D. Wallis; "Notes on estimating
national income components," Bulletin, Oxford Institute of
Statistics, II, Feb.-Mar. 1949, pp. 39-?O.
Hicks, J. R.: "The valuation of social income--a comment on Professor Kuznets'
reflections," Economica, XV, Aug. 1948, pp. 163-12 *
"The valuation of social income," Economica, VII, May 1940,
pp. 105-24.
Kaldor, N*: "The 1943 British White Paper on National Income and Expenditure/*
Economic Journal, LIII, June-Sept. 1943.
__^
"2 "The 1941 White Paper on National Income and Expenditure^
Economic Journal, LII, June-Sept* 1942, pp. 206-22*
""" "The White Paper on National Income and Expenditure," Economic
!
Jotynal, LI, June-Sept* 1941, ppe l8l-916
Kalecki, M.: ' "The White Paper on the National Income and Expenditures in
the years 1938-43•" Bulletin, Oxford Institute of Statistics,
VI, No. 9, July lj 1944•
Keynes, J. M.: "The concept of national incomes a supplementary &ote,!f
Economic Journal, L, 1940, pp. 6O-5»
Kuznets, ST; "National incomes a new version," Review of Economics &
Statistics, XXVIII, Aug« 1948, pp. 151-79; see also comments "by
M. Gilbert and others, ibid., pp. 179-97.
Little, I. M. D.: "The valuation of social income," Economica, XVI,
Feb. 1949, PP* 11-26.
MacGregor, D. C»: "Recent studies on national income ^a review/," Canadian
Journal of Economics & Political Science, XI, Feb»~May 1945,
pp. II5-29, 270-50,
'
'
"*~
Mark, J*s "The integration of ttm balance of payment0 into national income
accoxants," Yorkshire Bulletin of Economic & S.dcial Research, I,
Sept. 1949.
Meade, J* E^s "National income, national expenditure, and the "balance of
payments," Economic Journal, LVIII, Dec* 1948, pp« 483-^05) and
LIX, Mar, 1949, pp. 17-39*
,
and R* Stone: HThe construction eatables of national income,
expenditure, savings and investment,H Economic Joui^nal, LI,
June-Sept* 1941.
Olsen, E» C»2 "Factors affecting international differences in production,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May 1948.
Pao-San, Our "International payments in national income," Quarterly Journal
of Economics, LX, Feb* 1946,, pp. 289-98%
Prest, A. i d
"National income of the U.K., I87O-I946," Economic Journal,
LVIII, Mar* 1948, pp. 31-62.
Eeeve, J. E. and others^ "Government component in the national income,"
Studies in Income and Wealth, XII* New York, 1950o
Rolph, Earl: "The concept of transfers in national income estimates/4
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXII, May 1948, pp« 327-6l»
Rostas, La*
International comparisons of productivity," International Labour
Review, LVII, Sept. 1948, pp. 284-305.
~
Seers, Dudley: *"Quarterly estimates of the national income," Bulletin,
Oxford Institute of Statistics, XI, June 1949 /and later issues/" *
15.
"A national income matrix/1 Bulletin, Oxford Institute of
Statistics, XI, July-Aug* 1949°
"The national product "before and after the war," Bulletin*
"Oxford Institute of Statistics,, X,, Oct. 1948,, pp. 309-31*
and other papers from the Bulletin have been reprinted in Changes
in the Cost of Living and Distribution of Income Since 1 9 3 ^
Oxford, Blackwell, 1949.
"Social accounting," Economic Record, XXII, June 1946,
pp. 117-32.
SeWell, Bray F e and R. Stone. "The presentation of the central government
accounts," Accoimting Research, I, Nov. 1948,
Shoup, Carl S«: "Development and use of national income data," in
A Survey of Contemporary Economics0 Philadelphia, 1948.
Stern, E. H7s ^Public expenditure in the national income," Economica,
X, May 1943, pp. 166-75.
Stone, Richard: "Measurement of national income and expenditure; a review
of the official estimates of five countries," Economic Journal,
LVII, Sept0 1947 pp. 285-9*
^___^
"National income in the U.K. and the UaS 9 A d ," Review of
n
Economic Studies, Winter 1942-43, J?p. 1-14 „
~~
"Two studies in income and expenditure in the U.S,/ 1
Economic Journal, LIII, Apr. 1943
~~~
"The national income, output and expenditure of the U.S,A. ,rt
Economic Journal, LII, June-Septe 1942.
and otherss "The precision of national income estimates,1'
Review of Economic Studies, IX, Ho. 3, 1941-42.
Tinber^en, Je and J. B. D, Derksens "Recent experiments in social accollating,"
Econometrica, XVI, Jan0 1948, pp. 82-6ft
Tress, R. C : "The diagrammatic representation of national income flows,"
Economica, XV, Nov. 1948, pp. 276-88.
V* FISCAL POLICY THEORY -- TAX AMD BUDGET POLICIES
A. Federal Budgetary Problems and Policies
Books
CEDs Tjaxes and the Budget, New York, 1947
Balton/ Hughs Principles of Public Finance. London, Routledge, l6th ed., 1947.
Groves, H. M.: Viewpoints on Public Finance. New York, Holt, 1947.
Hansen, A. E*t Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles. New York- Norton, 1941,
Chap, 10.
Hicks., Je R.s The Problem of Budgetary Reform. London, Oxford University
Press, 194b o
-——
Hicks, U. Ko. Public Finance. London, Nisbet, 1947.
Lerner, A. P.s The Economics of Control. New York, Macmillan, 1944.
Lindahl, Erik. Studies in the Theory of Money and Capital, New York,
Farrar and Rinehart, 1939? see Appendix.
National Planning Associations National Budgets for Full Employment,
Washington, B.C., Mar0 1945•
Pigou, Ac C : A Study in Public Financeo London, Macmillan, 1949Seckler-Hudson^ C.s Materials for Budgeting. Washington, D.C e , American
University, 1945o
Somers, H. M iw Public Finance and National Incomea Philadelphia, Blakiston,
1949, Chap. 24.
.16.
Taylor, P. E.s The Economics Hgff- Public Finance, New York, Macmillan, 1948.
Thomas, Brinleys Monetary Policy and Crises, London, Routledge, 1936.
United States, Bureau of the Budget: The Federal Budget in Brief Fiscal
Year 1951. Washington, D.C., 1950*
Articles
Burkhead, J# V.: "The outlook for Federal budget making," National
Tax Journal, II, Dec. 1949, PP« 289-99•
Colm, Gerhard: "Comment on extraordinary Inidgets," Social Research, V,
May 1938, ppo 168-81•
Hansen, A* H.: "Stability and expansion," In Financing American Prosperity»
New York, 1945, pp. 206-18.
Maxwell, J. A.: nThe capital budget," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LVII, May 1943.
Musgrave, R. £.s MThe nature of budgetary balance and the case for the
capital budget," American Economic Review, XXIX, 1939, PP* 260-71.
Myrdal, 6.: ^'Fiscal policy in the business cycle,ri American Economic Review,
Supplement, XKIX, Mar. 1939/ PP* 183-93.
National Tax Associations "Budgetary policy and the economic outlook,"
Proceedings of the 41st Annual Conference, Sacramento, Calif*,
'1948, pp. 472-515•
Ruml, B. and H. C» Sonnes "Fiscal and monetary policy" (Planning Pamphlet)
Washington, D.C., National Planning Assn*, 1944*
Smith, EU Dft; "The budget as an instrument of legislative control and
executive management," Public Administration Review, Slimmer 1944•
Smithies, A A
"Federal budgeting and fiscal policy," in A Survey of
Contemporary Economics» Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1945*
Thompson, Spencers "The investment budget," Public Policy, II0 Cambridge,
Graduate School of Public Administration, 1941, Chap* 2.
B,
Taxation,, Consumption and Investment
Books
Black, Buncam The Incidence of Income Taxes» London, Macmillan, 1939-*Buehler, Alfreds The Undistributed Profits Tax, Hev York, McGravrHill, 1937.
,
(ede); "Government Finance in a Stable and Growing Econqmy,"
The Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science,
Vol, 266, Nov. 1949Butters, J» K9 and J. Lintner: Effect of Federal Taxes on Growing Enterprises<
Boston, Harvard Graduate School of Business^Administration, 1945.
CEDi Tax and Expenditure Policy for 19^0> New York, Jan* 1950. Monetary
and Fiscal Policy for Greater Economic Stability * New York, 194J5,
and Markets, New York, McGraw-Hill, 1946,
Curran, K* J«s Excess Profits Taxation» Washington, D0C« American Council
on Public Affairs, 1945.
.
Due, J. F.: The Theory of Incidence of Sales Taxation. New York, Kingfs
Crown Press, 1942,
Fisher, Irving and Hft Wo Fishers Constructive Income Taxation. New York,
Harper, 1942.
Gaa, C. J«: The Federal Income Tax Concept of Corporation Income. Urbana^
University of Illinois, 1940,
Gillim, M. H.s The Incidence of Excess Profits Taxation. New York, Columbia
University Press, 1945.
"
''
~~~
17.
Groves, H. M : Financing Government. New York, 3rd and rev- ed., 1950.
^
Trouble Spots in Taxation, Princeton, Princeton University
Press, 1948.
Postwar Taxation and Economic Progress. New York, McGrawHill, 1946,
Haig, R. M. and C. Shoup: Concept of Taxable Income. New York, Columbia
University Press.
Hazelitt, W.s Incentive Taxation. New York, Dutton, 3rd ed*, 1939A Dynamic Capitalism. New York, Harper, 1943.
Hicks, J. R, and U. K. Hicks: "The incidence of Local Rates in Great
Britain," (Occasional Paper, No. 8 ) . Cambridge, Eng., 1945Jensen, J. P.s Property Taxation in the United States. Chicago, University
of Chicago Press, 1931.
Kimmel, L». H.°8 Depreciation Policy and Postwar Expansion. Washington, D. C ,
Brookings 1946.
"
""
_-_^_-______-- Postwar Tax Policy and Business Expansion. Washington, D. C ,
1943.
and V. Maroney. Governmental Costs and Tax Levels.
.Washington, D. Ctt, Brookings, 1948.
Lent, G. E.s The Impact of the Undistributed Profits Tax. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1948.
Machinery and Allied Products Institutes Taxes and American Progress,
Chicago, Mar. 1938.
Magee, J. D.s Taxation and Capital Investment. Washington, D. C , Brookings,
1939.
Magill, Roswells Taxable Income. New York, Ronald Press, rev. ed., 1945.
__^
The Impact of Federal Taxes. New York, Columbia University
1
Press, 1943.
National Industrial Conference Board; Effects of Taxes Upon Corporate Policy.
New York, 1943.
Oxford Institute of Statistics^ The Economics of Full Employment. Oxford,
Blackwell, 1944.
Paul, R. E.°o Taxation for Prosperity. New York, Bobbs-Merrill, 1947«
Rolph, E. R.s Theory of Taxation and Income. Berkeley, University of
California Press, 1950.
Seltzer, L. H.: The Treatment of Capital Gains and Losses. New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1950.
Simpns, H C.s Personal Income Taxation. Chicago, University of Chicago
Press, 1938.
~
Smith, D. T.: The Effects of Taxation on Corporate Financial Policy. Boston,
Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration, 1950.
and J. K. Butters. Taxable and Business Income. New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, 1949Snider, J. L.s Excess Profits Tax Relief: The Cyclical Provisions.
(Business Research Studies, No. 33). Boston, Harvard Graduate
School of Business Administration, 1944.
Strayer, P. J.s The Taxation of Small Incomes. New York, Ronald Press, 1939.
Tax Institutes Curbing Inflation Through Taxation. New York, 1944.
Vickrey, William: Agenda for Progressive Taxation. New York, Ronald Press,
1947*
von Menng, Otto: The Shifting and Incidence of Taxation. Philadelphia,
Blakiston, 1942.
18.
Articles
Ballantine, £•: "The corporation and the income tax," Harvard Busisiess
Review, XXII, Spring 1944, pp. 277-90.
Balogh, T.I ""^xation, risk-bearing and investment/1 Bulletin, Oxford
Institute of Statistics, VII, Noso 11-12, 1945.
Barna, T.: "Indirect taxes, subsidies and the cost of living index/"
Review of Economic Studies, X, Winter 1942-43.
Bauder, Russell: "Probable incidence of social security taxes," American
Economic Reviewt XXXVI, Sept. 1936.
Benhaja, F* C : "What is the best tax system?" Economjca, IX, May 1942,
pp. 115-26.
Bergspn, A*i "The incidence of an income tax on savings," Quarterly Journal
of Economics., LVI, Feb. 1942.
Blough, Roy! "Averaging income for tax purposes," Accounting Review, XX,
1945, PP. 85-960
"Federal taxation in the postwar period," Washington, D.C.,
Treasury Department, 1945•
"Selected issues in postwar taxation." Washington, B.C.,
Treasury Department, 1945.
Blum, W. JV: "Tax policy in a democratic society," National Tax Journal,
II, June 1949, PPo 97-109.
Booker, H. S#: "Income tax and incentive to effort," Economica, Nov, 1945>
pp. 243-47.
Boulding, K« E*: "The concept of economic surplus," jfaerican Economic Review,
XXXV, Dec. 1945, PP» 851-69"The incidence of a profits tax," American Economic Review,
XXXIV, Sept. 1944, pp. 567-72.
Bradley, P« D*: "The direct effects of a corporate income tax," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LVI, Aug. 1942.
Bretherton, R* F.s "The sensitivity of taxes to fluctuations of trade,"
Econometrica, V, 1937, pp. 171-83.
Bronfenbrenner, M.: ^Diminishing returns in Federal taxation?11 Journal of
Political Economy, L, Oct. 1942, pp. 699-717.
Brown, Ea 57: "Business income, taxation and investment" in Income,
Employment and Public Policy. New York, Norton, ,194^, pp. 300-16.
^ ^ and Go Pattersons "Accelerated depreciation: a neglected
chapter in war taxation," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVII,
Aug. 1943.
Buehlqr, Alfreds "The sales tax," Bulletin, National Tax Association,
Feb. 1945.
"The taxation of business, Bulletin, National Tax
Association, Dec, 1944.
"Public expenditures and the incidence of taxes: some
theoretical considerations," American Economic Review, 3XVTI,
:
!
Dec, 1938, pp. 674-83.
Burkhead, J. V.: "Property tax as a burden on shelter," Journal of Land
and Public Utility Economics» Aug. 1944.
Butters, J. K,: ^Federal income taxation and external vs. internal financing,"
Journal of Finance, IV, Sept. 1949, pp. 197-205.
Z Z Z Z "Taxation and new product development," Harvard Business
Review, LIX, Summer 1945, pp. 451-59.
"Discriminatory effects of the annual computation of the
corporation income tax," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
o 1939*
~
'
19.
Cha&bQrs, So P*°« "Taxation and the supply of capital for industry/1
Lloyds Bank Review, Jan* 1949* PP» l-20o
Ciriacy-Wantrup, C.s "Taxation and the conservation of resources/1
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVIII, Feb. 1944.
Colm, G.s "Full employment through tax policy?" Social Research, Novo 1940,
PP. 447-67o
^
"Conflicting theories of corporate income taxation," Law and
Contemporary Problems. Duke University, 1940.
a-nfl. Fo LehTnan-ns "Economic consequences of recent American tax
policy," Social Research, Supplement« 1939•
Dobrovolsky, S. Pa$ "Business income taxation and asset expansion," Journal
of Finance, IV, Sept. 1949, PP« 183-96•
Domar; E o D6 and R* A* Mas grave: "Proportional income taxation and risk
taking," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVIII, May 1944,
PP. 389-422.
"Income taxation and risk taking in taxes,"
F____I__^^
The, Tax^Magazine, Jan* 1945Dovsett, W. £.: "The tax lag myth," Ec9nomic Record, XX, Dec* 1944^ pp. 214-17*
Due, J. F.: "A general sales tax and! the level of employment, a reconsideration," National Tax Journal, II, June 1949, PP* 122-30.
Pagan, E* B*i "Tax shifting in the market period," American Economic Review,
XXXII, March 1942, ppc 72-86,
'
,
"Recent and contemporary theories of progressive taxation,"
Jo\#>nal of Political Economy, XLVI, Aug« 1938, pp« 458-85*
and R, ¥0 Jastrams "Tax shifting in the short run," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, L U X , Aug. 1939, pp. 562-89.
Fishey, Aa G* Ba* Evaluation of alternative techniques of promoting equality
in a capitalist society," American Economic Review, Supplement j XL, 1950*
^
)MFull employment and Income inequality," ^Economic Journal^
LVI, March 1946, pp& 18-26.
Ford, Rd S#: "Some economic aspects of the present corporate income tax,"
Proceedings of the National Tax Association, 1947«
Friedman, Mo and K. E o Pooles "The spending tax," American Economic Review,
XKXIII, March 1943.
Gilbert, R. Was "Taxation and economic stability," Quarterly Journal of
Economics, LVI, May 1942, pp. 406-29*
Goode, Rat "The income tax and the supply of labor," Journal of Political
Economy, LVII, Oct. 1949, PP. 395-412.
TT
The corporate income tax and the price level," American Economic
Review, XXXV, March 1945, pp. 40-58; comments by H. R* Boven and
rejoinder, ibid., XXXVI, March 1946, pp. 146-48e
"The postwar corporation tax structure," Washington, DOC», U«S,
Treasury, 1946.
Groves, H. M«s "Revision of the corporation income tax," Proceedings of the
National Tax Association, 1947•
Hall, James K6i "Excise tax incidence and the postwar economy," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXII, Mara 1942, pp, 83-IOH
,
"Incidence of Federal social security pay roll taxes,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LII, Nov. 1938e
Harriss, C& Lowell: "Revenue implications of a progressive rate tax on
expenditures," Review of Economic Statistics, XXV, Aug. 1943,
!
ppe 175-91.
"
— —
—
Henderson, A»: "Case for indirect taxation," Economic Journal, LVIII,
Dec. 1948, ppo 538-53*
— — —
- «
20.
Hicks, IL L : "The terminology of tax analysis," Economic Journal, LVI,
March 1946, ppo 38-50.
Higgins, B. HoS "Postwar tax policy/1 Canadian Journal of Economics 8s
Political Science, IX, Aug. 19437~PP° 532-56.
Holt, Charles Cos "Averaging of income for tax purposes: equity and fiscal
policy considerations/1 National Tax Journal, II, Deco 1949*
Hubbard, Jo Col "The proportional personal income tax as an instrument of
income creation," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LIX, Feb* 1949 >
pp9 265-89.
"Income creation Toy means of income taxation/1 Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LVIII, Feb* 1944o
Joseph, M9 f\ ¥/o "The excess burden of indirect taxation," Review of
Economic Studies, VI, No* 3, sTune 1929.
Kaldor, N.: "The income "burden of capital taxes," Review of Economic Studies,
IX, No* 2, Summer 1942.
Keith, E. Gordon and E o Ce Browne "Discussion of EPT/f Law and Contemporary
Problems» Duke University, Winter 1943.
Kelly, W. Jo1 "Capital goods industries and postwar taxation*" Chicago,
Machinery and Allied Products Institute, 1945 *
Kendrick, M* Sos "The incidence and effects of taxation," American Economic
Review, XXVTIi, Dec. 1938, ppe 674-83.
"Public expenditures a neglected consideration in tax
^^
^___
incidence theory," American Economic Review, XX, June
Kimrael, L* IL and otherss "The burden of taxation and the public debt in the
United States and other countries, 1913-38*" Business Record*
New York, National Industrial Conference Board, 1939.
Kuznets, &ei "National income and taxable capacity/1 American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXII, March 1942.
MacGregor, D» H,: "Taxation of-savings," Economica, III, Nov. 1936, pp. 387*403.
Macy, C* W.s "The corporation net income tax and the cost-price structure,"
Bulletin of the National Tax Association, XXX, May 1944, ppe 231-35.
Magill, R* DoS business investment and taxation," Trusts & Estates,
Oct. 1943.
Martin, J9 Mtoi "American taxation and World War II,w Public Finance, IV,
No. 2, 1949, pp. 112-20a
May, Go 0 ^ "Corporate structures and Federal income taxation," Harvard
Business Review, Ft* I, Autumn 1943.
Musgrave, R. A.V "Federal tax reform," in Public Finance and Full Employment
(Postwar Economic Studies, Noo 3 ) o Washington, D*Ce, Dece 1945,
pp0 22-52.
^^
"The voluntary exchange theory of public economy," Quarterly
mmmmmilmmmamiimmmmmm^
Journal of Economics, LIII, Feb* 1939*
Musgrave, R* A. and Tun Thins "income tax progression, 1929-49," Journal of
Political Economy, LV1, Dec. 1948, pp. 498-514.
.
>_____> and M. S« Painter: ~*"The impact of alternative tax
structures on personal consumption and saving," Quarterly Journal
of Economics, LX11, Aug. 1948•
and Merton
Miller:
"Built-in
flexibility,"
American
Economic Review,
XXXVIII,
March
1948, pp*
122-28.
National Industrial Conference Boards nCarxy-back, carry-over and refund
provisions," Studies in Businegs Policy. No* 4, Jan* 1945•
Pettengill, E e Bo°0 "Division of the tax burden among income groups in the
United States in 1936," American Economic Review, XXX,"March 1940.
Poole, L E,! "Problems of administration and equity under a spendings tax,"
American Economic Review, XXXIII, March 1943/pp. 63-73*
21 e
^_ "Tax remissions as a means of influencing cyclical fluctuations/1
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LIII, Feb. 1939 > PP« 261-^74*
Preinrich, G* H» D«: "Progressive taxation and proportionate sacrifice,"
American Economic Review, XXXVIII, March 1948, pp. 103-1?•
Ratchford, B Q Vd
"The Federal excess profits tax/1 Southern Economic Journal,
Part I, XII, July 1945, PPo l-l6j Part II,, Oct6 1945, PP* 97-114.
Robertson, D* E»t "The Corwyn Committee, the income tax and the f>#iqe level,"
Economic Journal, XXXVI, Dec. 1927*
Rolph, E» 171 "Efficiency vs0 equity issues in Federal tax policy/1 A&efriqan
Economic Review, Supplement, XL, March 1950•
Seltzer, L.'H.s "Some considerations regarding capital gains and losses/1
American Economic Review, Supplement, KL^ 1950 •
Severson, L7s "General relief provisions of the excess profits tax/1
National Tax Journal, II, Sept0 1949/ PPo 247-58.
Shere, Louis': "Federal corporate income tax--revenue and reform," National.
Tax Journal, II, June 1949*
"Taxation and inflation control," American Economic Review,
XXXVIII, Dec. 1948, ppo 843-56.
Shoup, Carl: "Incidence of the corporation income tax,!f National Tax
Journal, I, March 1948, ppe 12-17.
Slitor, R» $IoV ^The measurement of progressivity and built-in flexlbility,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXI1, 1948, pp. 309-13.
,
'
"The flexibility of income-tax yield under averaging,"
""' '
Journal of Political Economy, LIV, June 1946, pp. 266-68*
Somers, H. .M*: "An economic analysis of the capital gains tax," National
r
Tax Journal, I, Sept. 1948.
~"
Studenski, PauL: "Toward a theory of business taxation," Journal of
Political Economy, XLVTII, Oct. 1940, pp. 621-54.
Sumberg, T« A*i "Leakage problems in flexible taxation," Journal of
Political Economy, LV, DecA 1947, pp« 572-5 a
Tarasov, Helen: "Who does pay the taxes?" Social Research, Supplement, IV,
1942.
TNEC Monographs s
No. 3, "Who pays the taxes?" 1941.
No» 9^ "Taxation of corporate enterprise," 1941*
NOo 12, "Profits and new investment," 1941,
Vickrey, William: "Some limits to income elasticity of income tax yields,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXI, May 1949, pp. 140-6.
Wald, Ho Pi! HThe classical indictment of indirect taxation," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LDC, Auge 1945, PP« 577-96o
Wallich, Ho C»s "Effect of taxation on investment," Harvard Business Review,
XXIII, Slimmer 1945, PP* 442-50o
"
Wells, A.: "Legislative history of- treatment of capital gains "under the
Federal income tax, 1913-48," National Tax Journal, II, March 1949,
pp9 12-32.
Weston, J* Freds "Incidence and effects of the corporate income tax," National
Tax Journal, II, Dec, 1949, ppo 300-15,
Vie
THE ROLE OF PUBLIC INVESTMENT
A. Public Works
Books
Arndt, He ¥.1 The Economic Lessons of the Nineteen Thirties. London,
Oxford University Press, 1945o
22.
Bretherton, R. Fo and others: Public Investment and the Trade Cycle in
Great Britain« Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1941*
Canada, Department of Reconstructions Public Investment and Private
Investment Outlay, 1926-41. Ottawa, 1945•
____
•
Private and Public Investment in
Canada: Midyear Survey, 1949, Ottawa, 1949*
Clark, J. M»: The Economics of Planning Public Works« Washington, D.C.,
Government Printing Office, 1935*
Eccles, Me S.: Economic Balance and a Balanced Budget (Collected Papers)*
New York, Harper, 1940.
Gayer, A. D.s Public Works- in Prosperity and Depression. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1935•
Higgins, Bo IL: Public Investment and Full Employment. Montreal, International
Labour Office, 1946.
~
Keynes, Jo M.: The General Theory. New York, 1936, Chap. 10.
The Means to Prosperity. New York* Harcourt, Brace, 1933.
League of Nations: Economic Stability in the Post-War World. Geneva, 1945.
Natiqnal Resources Board: Economic Effects of the Federal Public Works
!
Expenditures, 1933-38, Washington, D. C., 1940.
•
The Structure of the American Economy.
Washington, D.C., 1940, Part II, "Toward Full Use of Resources."
National Resources Committee: Public Works. Planning. Washington, D«C«,
1936.
Smith, Dan T.: Deficits and Depressions. New York^ Wiley, 1936•
Wyckoff, V.: The Public Works Wage Rate and Some of Its Economic Effects.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1946,
Articles
Altrn^n, 0* I,.: "Private investment, full employment and public funds,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXI, 1941, pp. 228-36•
Anderson, Clay J.: "The compensatory theory of public works expenditure,"
Journal of Political Economy, LIII, Sept* 1945, pp. 258-74.
ZZZZZZ
"The development of the pump-priming theory," Journal
of Political Economy, LII, June 1944.
Benoit-Smullyan, E o : "Public works in the depression," American Economic
Review, XXXVIII, March 1948.
""
*
Bresciani-Turroni, C e : rlThe 'multiplier1 in practice: some results of
recent German experience," Review of .Economic Statistics, XX,
May 1938, pp. ?6.88.
~
~
~"
"
Clark, J. M.s uAn appraisal of the workability of compensatory devices,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXIX, 1939, pp. 194-208.
Colm, G. and F. Lehmann: "Public spending and recovery in the United
States," Social Research, III, 1936, pp. 129-66.
Copeland, M» A.: ^Public investment in the United States," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XX3X, 1939, PP« 33-41.
Downing, R* T.i "The planning of public investment in Australia/*
International Labour Review, LII, Oct. 1945, pp. 352-79/
Gayer, A. 577 wFlscal policies^" American Economic Review, Supplement,
XXVIII, Mar. 1938, pp. 90^112.
~~
~~
^^"
______^^
"Monetary policy and public works," in Economic
Reconstruetion> New York, Columbia University Press^ 1934.
Hansen, A. He and Guy Greers "Toward full use of our resources," Fortune,
Nov. 1942.
"
~~~
23 <
Higgins, H» H»: "The public works reserve* a n experiment in coordination
of public investment planning," International Labour Review, L,
N O T . 1944, pp. 581-602.
___^_^^^____
"Public works and our post-war economy," in Postwar
Goals and Economic Reconstruction. New York, New York University,
1944.
"Problems of planning public works," in Economic
Reconstruction (ed. by S. E e Harris). New York, McGraw-Hill, 1943.
Howenstine, Jr., E. J»% "An inventory of public construction/* American
Economic Review, XXXVIII, June 1948, pp. 353-66.
^^^^^.^^^
_^^
"Dovetailing rural public works into employment
policy," Review of Economic Statistics, XXVTII, Aug. 1946,
pp. 165-69.
"Public works policy in the twenties," Social
Research, XIII, Dec. 1946^ pp. 479^500.
"Some principles of compensatory action" (note)
Quarterly Journal of Economicsj LXI, Nov. 1946, pp.
"Methods of Federal financing of postwar public
works," Bulletin of the National Tax Assn., Jan. 1945.
Kahn, R. P.1: "The relation of home investment to unemployment," Economic
Journal, XLI, June 1931* PP« 173-98.
Maisel, S. J«: "Timing and flexibility of a public works program,"
Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXI, May 1949* pp. 147-52.
Margolis, Juliuss "Public works and economic stability," Journal of
Political Economy» LVII, Aug. 1949 > pp. 293-3O3«
Mitnitzky, M.1 "The effects of a public works policy on business activity
and employment," International Labour Review, XXX, Oct. 1934,
PP* 435-56o
Myrdal, G«? "Fiscal policy in the business cycle," American Economic Review,
Supplement^ XXIX, Mar. 1939, pp. 183-93.
Samuelson, Po A.: "The theory of pump-priming re-examined," American
Economic Review, XXX, Sept* 1940, pp» 492-506.
Stettner, W«s "Public works and services in the postwar economy," in
Postwar Economic Studies, No« 6. Washington, D * C , Federal
Reserve Board, June 1946, pp. 63-94.
!Eait, D. C.s "The social aspects of a public investment policy,"
International Labour Review, L, Jan» 1944, pp. 1-18.
Urquhart, M, C : "Public investment in Canada," Canadian Journal of
Economics & Political Science^ XI, Nov. 1945*
Warming, J*: "International difficulties arising out of the financing of
public works during depression," Economic Journal, XLII, 1932,
ppe 211-24.
B.
Developmental Program -- Contra-cyclical and Longer Range
1.
Developmental Public Expenditures; Regional Plaxming
Books
Duff us, Eo L 2 The Valley and Its People: A Portrait of TVAo
Knopf, 1944.
Escritt, L. Bo° Regional Planning. Hew York, Horton, 1944.
New York,
24.
Finer, H.s
The TVAs Lessons for International Application,, Montreal,
International Labour Office, 1944„
Garnsey, M.s The Future of the Mountain States, New York, Harper, 1945 °
Hansen, Ao Ho and Ho S, Perloff* Regional Resource Development, Washington,
DoCo, National Planning Assn., 1942O
Herring, Ho Loo Southern Industry and Regional Development. Chapel Hill,
University of North Carolina Press, 1940.
Hoover, E, M. and Js L. Fishers Regional Aspects of Economic Growth and
Decay. Washington, D« C , Universities National Bureau
"""
Committee, 1948.
Hoover, C. Bo and B o Uo Ratchford: The Impact of Federal Policies on the
Economy of the Southo Washington, DoC*, Government Printing
Office, 1949.
Lepawsky, Ad
State Planning and Economic Development in the South*
Washington, DOC«, National Planning Assno, 1949°
Lilienthal, Do E.°o TVAs Democracy on the March, New York, Harper, 1944c
National Resources Committees Regional Factors in National Planning and
Development. Washington, D O C , 1935°
National Resources Planning Board; National Resources Developments
/Report for 1942/0 Washington, D.C., Jan0 1942,
Neff; Philip and A* Weiferibachs Business Cycles in Selected Industrial
Areas. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1949o
Odum, H* Wo and Ho E o Moore 1 American Regionalism. New York, Holt, 1938.
Pritchett, Co L : The Tennessee Valley Authority; A Study in Public
Administration, Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina, 1943.
Ransmeier, Jo So^ The Tennessee Valley Authority^ A Case Study in Multiple
Purpose Planning» Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press, 1942.
Van Sickle, Jo Vo* Planning for the Souths An Inquiry into the Economics
of_RegionalismQ Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press, 1943.
Articles
Garnsey, M*: !!An economic policy for the West,11 in Current Economic
Problems. New York, Knopf,, 1948*
Hartley, Ro We and M* Mo Hufschmidt: "Rural and regional development,"
Chape 19 in Americans Needs and Resources. New York, TwenCentury Fund,, 1947.
Heimarm, Eduard: "Developmental schemes, planning and full employment,"
in Planning and Paying for Full Employment, Princeton,
Princeton University Press, 1946, pp9 99-115»
Hochvald, Werner: "Measurement of regional income flows," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XL, 1950.
Lilienthal, Do E^o*~wTOAT™an American invention/' Atlantic Monthly,
Jan* 1946, ppo 105-lOc
*"
Logsdon^ Co S 8 : "Some comments on the effectiveness of state and local
area development programs/1 Southern Economic Journal, XV,
Jan. 1949, PPo 303-10,
~"
Spengler, Jo S»i "Regional differences and the future of manufacturing in
America/1 Southern Economic Journal, VII, April 1941 •
Stokes, Ko C»% "Regional shifts in population^ production and markets,"
1939-43o" (Econ. Series Wce 30) o Washington,. DoCe, Bureau of
Foreign and Domestic Commerce, Nov. 1943.
Tait, De Co: "Development works and fWll employment/1 International Labour
Review, Nove-Dece 1946e
Van Sickle, Jo W . "Industrialization and the South/* Southern Economic
Journal, XV, April 1949, PPo 412-24o
and others s "Problems of regionalism in the United
States^" American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXV^ May 1945e
Vining, Rutledges "The region as a concept in "business-cycle analysis,"
Ecoiiometrica, XIV, July 1946o
^IZZIII
"Measuring state and regional "business cycles," Journal
of Political Economy, LV, Aug. 1947o
2e
Housing and Urban Redevelopment
Books
Abrams, Co: The Future of Housing,, New York, Harper, 1946,
Bauer, C<>s Modern Housing. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1934.
Bowley, Mcs Housing and the State, 1919-44. London, Allen & Unwin, 194?.
Colean, M. h»t "Stabilising the construction industry" (PXannlng Pamphlet,
No* 41)e Washington, D 0 C o , National Planning Association,
Jan. 1945a
~^__«_^-_« w «_ ffHous,ing America: Problems and Prospects« New York,
Twentieth Century Fund, 1944•
Bewhurst, J. Frederic (eda)° Americans Needs and Resources,, New York,
Twentieth Century Fund, 1947^ Chapo 8 Q
Elsas, M« Jd Housing Before the War and After, London, Staples, 1945.
Federal Reserve Boards "Housing, Social Security and Public Works,"
Postwar Economic Studies, No<, 60 Washington, D*Ce, June 1946,
Gibbon, Sir Gvilym: Reconstruction and Town and Country Planning. London,
Allen and Unwin, 1943.
Graham? E* H«s Natural Principles of Land Useo London, Oxford University
Press, 1945o
Greer^ Guys Your City Tomorrow« New York, Macmillan, 1947*
___
and others 1 The Problem of Urban Redevelopment. New lork,
Institute of Postwar Reconstruction, 1944.
International Labour Offices Housing and Employment, Geneva, 1948.
•
Instability of Employment in Construction
Industries0 Geneva, 1946.
Johns Hopkins University: Report of the Urban Planning Conference.
Baltimore, University Press, 1944.
Lasch, Roberts Breaking the Building Blockade» Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, 194b,
League of Nations1 Urban and Rural Housing > Geneva, 19390
Long, Ce DoS Building Cycles and the Theory of Investment* Princeton,
Princeton University Press, 1940o
National Housing Agency: "Housing Needs/! Bulletin No. 1, 1944,
_ _ _ _ _ ^ ^
"Housing Costs," Bulletin No. 2, 1944*
"Land Assembly for Urban Redevelopment,"
Bijlletin Noe 3^ 1945.
"Housing After World War I," Bulletin No, 4, 1945,
t
National Resources Committees Housing Monographs, Nose 1-3, 1939.
National Resources Planning Board: "The Role of the Housebuilding Industry•
Washington, D..C, July 1942c
.
Housing, the Continuing Problemo
Washington, D.C., Jime 1940.
Perkins^ Go Ho: Memorandum on Urban Planning. Washington, D 0 C. r Institute
of Architects^ 1945o
26.
The Problem of the Cities and Towns* Conference on Urbanism. Cambridge,
Harvard University Press, 1942.
Ratcliffe, Bo U.: Urban Land Economics. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1949.
Renne, R. R.: Land Economics: Principles, Problems and Policies in
Utilizing Land Resources, New York, Harper, 1947*
Silk, Leonards Sweden Plans for Better Housing. Durham, Duke University
Press, 1948.
Simon, Sir Ernests Rebuilding Britain—A Twenty-Year Plan, Longon,
Gollancz, 1945.
Stone,. P. A* and R. H* Denton: "Toward More Housing/1 TNEC Monograph No. 8,
Washington, D.C., 1940.
Straus, Nathan: The Seven Myths of Housing, New York, Knopf, 1944.
United Kingdom: "Housing," (Cmd» 6609). London, B.M.S.O., Maro 1945.
"Temporary Housing Programme" (Cmdo 6686)» London, HeMoS.0«,
Oct. 1945.
"The Control of Land Use" (Cmd, 6537). London, H.MUS.O.,
June 1944o
"Uthwatt Report" (Cmd. 6386). London, H,MeSeO., 1942.
United States? "Housing Act of 1949," Public Law 171 (8lst Congress.)
"Washington, D . C , G.P.O., 1949^ _ _ > Senate Banking and Currency Committee: "Report /on
^Housing Act of 1949^7- Washington, D.C., G.P.O., 1949.
___^
^_ , Joint Committee on Housing: "Housing in America, Its Present
Status and Future Implications." Washington, D*C*, G*PoO., 1948.
, Housing Authority: "Introduction to Housing, Facts and
Principles," Washington, D.C., 1940,
"What Does the Housing Program Cost?"
Washington, D O C O , 1940*
Articles
Bauer, C :
"Housing in the United States: problems and policy," International
Labour Review, July 1945•
Bowley, Marian: "Housing and the economic crisis in Great Britain,"
, International Labour Review, LIX, Febo 1949, pp* 128-53.
Colean, M*"~L71 "Housing--an industrial opportunity," International Labour
Review, LV, Feb. 1944e
"Stabilizing the construction industry," (Planning Pamphlet
No* 4l)o Washington, D.C., National Planning Association, Jan* 1945.
"The role of the housebuilding industry/1 Washington, 'D.C.,
National Resources Planning Board, 1942•
Downing, R. I.: "Housing and public policy," Economic Record, XXIV,
June 1948, ppe 72-86,
Economist, The: "Housing policy," I-II, Jan, 7, 12, 1950.
Federal Reserve Bulletin: "Home ownership and expenditures for housing,"
XXXV, Sept* 1949, pp.^1037-52•
___ r _^ - .^^^^^^^.^.^^^
"Construction markets in mid-1949/1 XXXV,
Aug. 1949, PPo 887-95*
"Real estate and construction markets," XXXIV,
July 1948, pp. 755-63•
"Housing expenditures and finance," XXXIV,
Sept. 19480
Grebler, Leo: "Stabilizing residential construction—a review bf the postwar
test," American 'Economic Review, XXXIX, Sept. 1949.
"Housing policy and the building cycle," Review of Economic
:
Statistics, XKIV, May 1942, pp. 66-74.
~
2? e
Hansen, A. H.: "Three plans for financing urban redevelopment/ 1 (Statement
to the Senate Subcommittee on Housing and Urban Redevelopment),
January 12, 1945•
"Urban redevelopment/ 1 Survey Graphic, XXXIII, April 1944,
pp. 204-5*
"Urban redevelopment and housing," Planning Pamphlet No. 10.
Washington, DoC*, National Planning Assn 0 , 1941.
Holden, A. C*: "The technique of urban redevelopment," Parts I-III, Journal
of Land & Public Utility Economics, May, and Aug. 1944 and
Febo 1945.
Isard, Walter: "Transport development and business cycles," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LVI, Nov. 1942.
.
"A neglected cycles the transport-building cycle,"
Review Q f Economic Statistics, XXIV, Nov. 1942, pp. 149-58•
__^
~I
and C. Isard; "The transport-building cycle in urban
'
development--Chicagoo Review of Economic Statistics, XXV,
Nov* 1943.
Law and Contemporary Problems. "Housing?" Durham, Duke University Law
School, Winter Issue, 1947.
Lyon ; L. S o and others % "Economic problems of American cities," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXII, Mar. 1942, pp e 3O7-45T
Mais^l, S, 'j.'s "Have we underestimated increases in rents and shelter
expenditures?" Journal of Political Economy, LVII, April 1949,
PP^ 106-17o
Marsh, L. C e : "The economics of low-rent housing," Canadian Journal of
Economics 41 Political Science, XV, Feb. 1949, pp 0 14-33.'
Monthly Labor Review's "Postwar capacity and characteristics of the
construction industry," May 1944.
Pabst Postwar Awards: "Stabilization of construction employment—a step
towards over-all stabilization/' Milwaukee, 1944*
Pribram, Karl: "Residential, differential and absolute ground rents,"
and their cyclical fluctuations," Econometrica, VIII, No. 1,
1940.
Roterus, V.: "An economist's view on urban planning," American Economic
Supplement, LX, Mar o 1950.
Sauvy, Alfred: *fThe housing problem in France," International Labour Review,
LVII, Mar.-Apr. 1947.
Saville, J.s "The measurement of real cost in the London Building industry,
1923-39/ 1 (note by I. Bowen), Yorkshire Bulletin of Economics and
Social Research, I, Sept. 1949.
Stolper, Wo F.'s "British monetary policy and the housing boom," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LV1, 1941.
Woodbury, Coleman: "Housing in the redevelopment of American cities,"
Land Economics, Nov. 1949*
and others: "Housing problems," American Economic Review,
XXXVII, May 1947/ pp* 508-41.
" '
3«
Social Security and Other Welfare Outlays
Books
Altman, Ralph: Availability for Work: A Study in Unemployment Compensation.
Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1950.
Abbott^ G.: From Relief to Social Security. Chicago, University of Chicago
Press, 1941.
28.
Bevepidge, Sir William: Social Insurance and Allied .Services, New York,
^Macmillan, 1942.
Bridgeford, R. C.°. Developments in Social Security. Melbourne, Baird and
Sons, 1948.
Brown, Josephine C.s Public Relief,, 1929-39. New York, Holt, 1940.
Clark, Harrison: Swedish Unemployment Policy, 1914 to 1940.
Washington, D«C,, American Council on Public Affairs, 1941.
de Schweinitz, Karls Englandys Road to Social Security, London, Oxford
University Press, 1944o
Fisher, A, G* B*; Economic Progress and Social Security» London,
Macmillan, 1945.
Goldmann, P.s Public Medical Care. New York, Columbia University Press,
1945.
Grant, Margarets Old-Age Security; Social and Financial Trends.
Washington, D.C., Social Science Research Council, 1939*
Haber, William and W. J. Cohen: Readings in Social Security, New York,
Prentice-Hall, 1948.
Hoyer, Karl Jo°. Social Welfare in Swedeno Stockholm, Swedish Institute,
1949.
Levy, Hermann: National Health Insurance. Cambridge, Cambridge University
Press, 1944.
Meriam, Lewis: Relief and Social Security. Washington, D.C., Brookings,
1946,
and others: The Cost and Financing of Social Security.
[
Washington, B.C., Brookings, 1950o
Robson, W. A. (ed.): Social Security« London, Allen & Unwin, 1949.
Tax Foundations Social ""Security, Its Present and Fut-ure Fiscal Aspects.
New York, 1944.
Twentieth Century Funds More Security for Old Age. New York, The Fund, 1937Williams, Edward A.: t Federal Aid for Relief. New York, Columbia
University Press, 1939•
Williams, Gertrude: The Price of Social Security. New York, Oxford
University Press, 1944*
Wilson, Sir A. and Go S 9 MacKay: Old Age Pensions. New York, Oxford, 1942.
Withers, William: Financing Economic Security in the United States, New
York, Columbia University Press, 1939o
Articles
Black, J. D. and Co D. Hyson: "Postwar soldier settlement," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LIX, Nov. 1944, pp. 1-35•
Brown, J9 Douglas and E. M* Burns: "Economic problems in the provision of
security against life hazards of-workers/1 American Economic
Review, Supplement, XXX, Mare 1940, pp. 61-77.
Burns, E. M. and E* E. Witte: "Social security," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXIV, Mar. 1944, pp, 199-2211
'
Mush^in, S, J. and A. de Scitovzky: "A formula for social insurance
financing," American Economic Review, XXXV, Sept. 1945, pp. 646-52.
and otherss "Social insurance financing in relation to
consumer income and expenditures," Memorandum Noo 63. Washington,
D , C , Social Security Burtt of Research & Statistics, June 1946e
and L. N. Small: "Social insurance benefits and contributions
in relation to family income," Memorandum Noe 59. Washington, D e C.
Social Security Bur. of Research & Statistics, June 1944.
Charles: "Experience rating in unemployment compensation," American
Economic Review, XXXV, June 1945, ppo 337-54.
29 o
Pribram, Karls "Employment stabilization through pay roll taxation/'
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LVIX, N O T . 1942, p p e 142-52*
Robinson, G.i v*The old age reserve fund is not 'illusory, ?n Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LX^ Nov. 1945 j? PP« 136-63.
Sieg$l, Io H. and M. F o ¥ 0 Taylor; "Public expenditures for veterans
assistance," Journal of Political Economy, LVI, Dec o 1948,
Slichter, S. Ho* "The impact of social security legislation upon mobility
and enterprise^" American Economic Review, Supplement, XXX,
March 1940, p p o 44-60 0
Swan, Eo J o and others" "Social security in a stable .economy," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVTX, May 1947/ PP* 345-410.
Witte, Eo EoS "American postwar social security proposals," American
Economic Review, XXXIII, Dec. 1943.
Wunderlich, F*i "New trends in social insurance," Social Research, XVI,
March 1949, p p 0 31-44 0
VII.
FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL FISCAL RELATIONS
Books
Ko J.s Federal Financial Relations in Canada and Australia, Hobaxt,
Government Printer, 1948 •
""^
~~~ ~
™"
'
Bitterman, Ho J/o State and Federal Grants -in- Aid e New York^ Mentzer,
Bush & Co., 193«»
°~~
Bowery, E» Ro: English Grants-in-Aids A Study in the Finance of Local
Government» Ames,, University of Iowa, 1939*
Carlson, R. Ees British Block Grants and Central-Local Finance» Baltimore^
Johns Hopkins Press, 1947«
Clark, Jane P,: The Rise of a New Federalism, New York, Columbia University
Press, 19380
Ellis, Po ¥„: The World*s Biggest Business. New York, National Industrial
Conference Board, 1944.
Greenwood, Gordons The Future of Australian Federalism,, Melbourne,
Melbourne University Press, 1946.
~~
™
Groves, Ho M.s Financing Government. New York, Holt, rev0 edo, 1950•
________
Trouble Spots in. Taxation, Princeton, Princeton University
Press, 1948^ Chap, 4e
________________ and otherss Federal, State, and Local Fiscal Relations•
Washington, D O C«, U«S O Treasury Department, 1943^
Hansen, Ao H. and H & S c Perloffs State and Local Finance in the National
Economyft New York, Norton, 1944 e
Hicks, J o R o and U 9 K o Hickss "The Incidence of Local Rates in Great Britain"
(Occasional Paper, No. 8 ) . Cambridge, Cambridge University Prqss,
1945.
!1
Standards of Local Expenditure" (Occasional
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1943.*
and Ce E . V. Leser^ "The Problem of Valuation
for Rating" (OccasionalJPaper, N o o 7 ) , Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press, 1944 o
Key, V. OoS Administration of Federal Grants to States o Chicago, Committee
on Public Administration of the Social Science Council, 1937 o
Kimmel, L. Ho and otherss Postwar Fiscal Requirements: Federal, State, and
Local0 Washington, D0C0, Brookings, 1945•
Lipman, V. D o c Local Government Areas, 1834-1935.. Oxford, Blackwell, 1949
MacDonald, Ao F.s Federal Aids A Study of the American Subsidy System,
New York, Crowell, 1928.
Martiti, Jo W.s Southern State and Local Finance Trends and the War,
Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press, 1945Maxwell, J. A o : Federal Grants-in~Aid and Business Cycles. New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research, (forthcoming) 1950*
Recent developments in Dominion-Provincial Fiscal Relations
lpi Canadal New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1948.
The Fiscal Impact of Federalism in the United States.
Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1946.T
Federal Subsidies to the Provincial Governments in Canada.
Cambridge, Harvard University Press,, 1937•
Shirras, G* Fos FederalTinanee in Peace and ,War, London, Macmillan, 1944.
Silver, Ao Nos The Reform of Local Government Finance. London, Lawrence
and Wishart, 1945a
Williams, Jo K6°o Grants in Aid under the Public Works Administration* New
York, Columbia University Press, 1939.
Wilson, Co He (ed): Essays in Local Government, Oxford, Blackwell, 1949,
Articles
Birch, Ao H.s "Federalism and finance," The Manchester School, XVII,
May 1949, ppo 163-87.
Blakey, Ro Go and others? "Coordination of Federal, state and local fiscal
systems," American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXII, Mar. 1942,
Brabson, Go Bd
"Economic aspects of state sales and use taxes," Bulletin
of the National Tax Association, XXXII, Fe"b0 1947*
Browne, Rollin: "Postwar taxes°o Federal-state tax coordination," Bulletin
of the National Tax Association, XXX, May 1945.
Conlon, Co F.: "Coordination of Federal, state, and local taxation,"
The Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science,
Vol. 266, Novo 1949^ PP« 144-51.
Gerig, Do S o : "Formulas for variable Federal grants-in-aid," Social Security
Bulletin, June 1940, ppe 3-14,
Graves, ¥ o B* and Ko W, Ho Scholz* "Meeting the needs for state and local
revenues in the postwar era," American Political Science Review,
Octo 1944 o
~~~~
—-———
Heer, Clarences "State and local finance in the postwar plans of the
South," Southern Economic Journal, XI, Jan, 1945, pp. 246-54•
Henderson, Ho L.s "State aids as a possible revenue source for cities,"
Bulletin of the National Tax Association, XXXI, Novo 1946.
Hicks, J. Ra and U»-K. Hickss "The Beveridge Plan and local government
finance," Review of Economic Studies, XI, No* 1, 1945„
Hicks, Uo Ko: "National and local finance," Economic Journal, LVI, Deco 1946,
pp.. 609-22o
Johnson, B o L e ; "The principle of equalization applied to the allocation of
grants-in-aid," Memorandum NoG 66* Washington, D 6 C 0 , Social
Security Board, 1947,
Kaiser, Ao R.: "Coordination of Federal and local revenue sources," Bulletin
of the National Tax Association, XXIX, Novs 1944.
Maxwell, Jo A.: "Recent intergovernmental fiscal relations in Australia
and Canada," Bulletin of the National Tax Association, XXXII,
Feb. 1947o
,
"Commonwealth grants to the States in Australia," American
Economic Review, XXVIII, Dec* 1938*
31.
Mitchell, G* W o , 0, Fo Litterer, and E o D. Domars "State and local finance/1
in Public Finance and Full Employment. Washington, D.C*, Federal
Reserve Board, Dece 1945*
Perloff, H. S.s "Fiscal policy at the state and local levels" in Postwar
Economic Problems (ed9 ty S, E a Harris). New York, McGraw-Hill,
1943, chap, 13o
Shere, Louisa "Some general1 comments on Federal grants,ft Bulletin of the
National Tax Association, XXXII, Dec. 1946.
"Tax revenues for state and local governments," Proceedings
of the National Tax Association, 1945, pp, 187-99*
Sly, Jo Fo: "Tax supplements for municipalities," Tax Review, Feb. 1947o
Social Security Boards "Differential Federal grants tp states," Memorandum
No. 580 Washington, D0C», June 1944, pp. 103-12.
Stout; Randall Sos "Recent trends in state grants-in-aid and shared taxes,"
Bulletin No0 63. State College, Pennsylvania State College, 1948.
Studenski, Pauls "Federal grants-in-aid," National Tax Journal, II, Jan. 1949,
ppo 193-214.
"Measurement of variations in state economic and fiscal
capacity" (Memorandum No• 5°) • Washington, D.Co, Social Security
Board, 1943a
Sundelson, Jo W* and S. J. Mushkins "The meas^urement of state and local
tax effort" (Memorandum Noo 58)0 Washington, D*C8, Social Security
Board, June 1944.
Wueller, Po K>i "Elements of variable grant formulas" (Memorandum No. 54).
Washington^ D * C , Social Security Board, Nov* 1943•
32,
VIII.
CURRE13T MONETARY-FISCAL PROBLEMS AM) POLICIES (U.So)
Books
Buehler, Ac (ed.): "Government Finance in a Stable and Growing Economy/1 The
Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science,
Volo 266, Nov. 1949.
Committee for Economic Developments Tax and Expenditure Policy for 1950. New
York, Jan. 1950.
)
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
Monetary and Fiscal Policy for Greater
Economic Stabilityo New York, Dec. 1948.
~
Millikan, Max (ed o ): Income Stabilization for a Developing Democracy«, New Haven,
Yale University Press, (forthcoming) 1950. ™ ~
Shaw, Edward S,: Money9 Income and the Monetary System, Chicago, Irwin, 1950.
United States Government, Joint Comittee on the Economic Report: Federal
Expenditure and Revenue Policies. Hearings on the Economic Report
""""" (8lst Congress, 1st Session)«, Washington, D o C«, Government
Printing Office, 19490
Monetary, Credit and Fiscal Policies0 Statements Submitted to the
^/Douglas/ Subcommittee by Government Officials, Bankers,
Economists and Others (8lst Congress, 1st Session)„ Washington,
D o Co, Government Printing Office, 1949c
Monetary, Credit, and Fiscal Policies« Report of the Douglas Sub^
committee. Doco No* 129« Washington, D o C*, Government Printing
Office, 1950o
Articles
Bach, G. L,: "Economic requisites for achieving economic stability," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XL, 1950c
^
"Monetary-fiscal policy reconsidered," Journal of Political Economy,
LVI, Oct. 1949, PP. 383-94c
Blough, Roy: "Political and administrative requisites for achieving economic
stability," American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, 195O«
Colm, Gerhard: "On the road to economic stabilization," Social. Research, XV,
Sept, 1948. pp a 265-76.
— —
—
Friedman, Milton: "A monetary and fiscal framework for economic stability,"
American Economic Review$ XXXVIII, June 1948, pp* 245-64; comments by
Philip Neff and Friedman's reply, ibid,, XXXIX, Sept* 1949, pp* 946-560
Goode, Richard: "Federal finances in 1948," National Tax Journal, II, Mar. 1949.
Hagen, E. Co, A. Go Hart and others- "Timing and administering fiscal policy,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May 1948, pp o 417-51.
Hardy, C. 0.: "Fiscal operations as instruments of economic stabilization,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May 19480
Maxwell, J. A.1 "Fiscal program of the 80th Congress," Harvard Business Review,
XXVI, Jan. 1948O
"
~
McCracken, P o W o : "The status of monetary and fiscal policies," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XL, 1950.
Mints, Lloyd, A, H o Hansen, and otherss "A symposium on fiscal and monetary
policy," Review of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, May 1946, pp o 60-89*
Musgrave, Ro A.: "Monetary and fiscal aspects of an advanced defense economy,"
American Economic Review, Supplement9 XL, 195Oe
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ "Fiscal policy in prosperity and depression/' American Economic
Review, Supplement, XXXVIII, May 1948, pp. 383-94.
National Planning Association: "Federal expenditure and revenue policy for
economic stability," American Economic Review, XXXIX, Dec. 1949,
ppo 1663-67.
33ff
Fiscal policy in the near future/1 Report to
Douglas Subcommittee of the Joint Committee on the Economic Report.
Washington, D. C M 1949.
Review of Economics and Statistics: Symposia
1, A. P. Lerner and others^ "The inflationary process/1 XXXI, Aug.
1949, PP. 193-216.
2* Boulding, K J C a n d others: "Ten economists on inflation/1
XXX, Feb. 1948, pp. I-29.
Smithies, A.: "Fiscal aspects of preparedness for war," American Economic
Review, XXXIX, May I949, PP» 356-65*
Tobin, James: "Taxes, saving and inflation," American Economic Review, XXXIX,
Dec. 1949, PP« 1223-32.
Wald, H. P.: "Fiscal policy, military preparedness and postwar inflation,"
National Tax Journal, II, Mar* 1949.
Wright, D. M.; "Inflation and equality," American Economic Review, XXXVIII,
Dec- 1948; comment by G. Ackley and Wright's reply, ibid•, XXXIX,
Sept. 1949, pp. 96O-6.
B. Monetary Policy and Public Debt Management
Books
Abbott, C. C : Management of the Federal Debt- New York, McGraw-Hill, 1946.
Adams, E. Sherman; Monetary Management--The Regulation of Credits. New York,
Ronald Press, 1950.
Bach, G. L.s Federal Reserve Policy-Making^ New York, Knopf, (Mar.) 1950.
CED: Our National Debt; Its History and Its Meaning Today• New York,
Harcourt, Brace, 1949.
Federal Reserve Boards: Annual Reports. Washington, D. C , 1946-50.
__,„_____
_^__ Postwar Economic Studies, Nos» 3 &&d 8. Washington,
D. C , Dec. 1945 and Nov. 194?.
Goldenweiser, E. A." Monetary Management /CED Research Study_7- New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1949.
Graham, F, D.: Social Goals and Economic Institutions. Princeton, Princeton
University Press, 2nd ed., 194?
Hansen, A. H.: Economic Policy and Full Employment. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1947, Chap. 22.
Hart, Albert G: Money, Debt and Economic Activity* New York, Prentice-Hall,
1948.
Homan, P. T. and F. Machlup (eds.): Financing American Properity. New York
Twentieth Century Fund, 1945.
Moulton, H. D.; The New Philosophy of Public Debt. Washington, D. C , Brookings,
1943.
Simons, H. C.s E:onomic Policy for a Free Society. Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, 1948.
—
United States Treasury Department. Annual Reports. Washington, D.C., Government
Printing Office, 1945 tc date.
Articles
Bach, G. L.: "The Federal Reserve and monetary policy formation," American
Economic Review, XXXIX, Dec, 1949, pp. 1173-91.
"Bank supervision, monetary policy, and governmental reorganization," Journal of Finarce, IV, Dec, 1949.
"Monetary-fiscal policy, debt management and the price level,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVII, May 1947, pp* 228-42.
Burkhead, J. V,: "Full employment and interest-free borrowing," Southern
Economic Journal, XIV, July 1947, pp. 1-13-
34.
Carr, H. C : "The problem of bank-held government debt/1 American Economic
Review, XXXVI, Deco 1946, ppo 833-42o
Chandler, L. Vo° "Federal Reserve policy and the Federal debt/1 American
Economic Review, XXXIX, MarQ 1949, pp. 405-29; comment by P. Bernstein,
ibid0, Dec. 1949, PP<> 405-29.
Domar> E. D.s "The burden* of the debt and national income," American Economic
Review, XXXIV, Dec. 1944, pp. 798-827^ comment by B. U. Ratchford, ;: ;
ibid., XXXV, June 1945, PP» 411-3Duntonan, W. E o and C. C, Abbotts "Postwar monetary and credit policies," Journal
of Finance, IV, June 1949, pp0 87-IO9o
Federal Reserve Bulletin, XXXV, Dec. 1949, pp. 1431-41, May 1949, pp. 465-73;
Vol.XXXIV, Dec. 1948, ppa 1455-63, Octo 1948, pp. 1205-16, May 1948,
ppo 487-96, Mar. 1948, pp. 269«73»
Goldenweiser, E. A o : "Federal Reserve objectives and policies," American
Economic Review, XXXVII, June 1947, ppe 320-38.
Haley, B. F o : "Economic consequences of deficit financing," American Economic
Review, XXXI, Febc 1941.
Hansen, A. H.o° "How shall we deal with the public debt?" in Postwar Goals and
Economic Reconstruction. New York, Institute on Postwar Reconstruction,
1944.
_ _ _
"Inflationary potentialities of the public debt" in Curbing
Inflation Through Taxationc New York, Tax Institute, 1944, pp. 39-50.
"Federal debt policy," Proceedings of the National Tax Association, 1943, PPo 256-67.
__________
"We can pay the war bill," Atlantic Monthly, Oct. 1942.
and Guy Greert "The Federal debt and the future," Harperfs,
April 1942.
Harris, S. E,, L.H. Seltzer, and others: "Symposiums How to manage the public
debt," Review of Economics & Statistics, XXXI, Feb. 1949, pp, 15-32.
Leland, So E.s "Management of the public debt after the war," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXIV, June 1944, pp. 82-132.
Lerner, A. P.: "The burden of the national debt," Chap. 2 in Income, Employment
and Public Policy, New York, Norton, 1948, pp. 255-75,
_____ !!-^n integrated full employment policy," in Planning and Paying
for Full Employment. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1946,
pp. 153-220.~
.
"Functional finance and the Federal debt," Social Research,
V^ Feb. 1943.
Mitnitzky, M.: "Aspects of government borrowing," American Economic Review,
XXXIII, March 1943Musgrave, R* A,: "Credit controls, interest rates and management of public
debt" in Income, Employment and Public Policy» New York, Norton,
1948, ppo 221-54.
0-Leary, P. M.: "The burden of a domestic debt/1 American Economic Review,
XXXII, Sept. 1942o
Poindexter, J» Carl: "Fallacies of interest-free deficit financing/' Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LIII, May 1944, pp* 438-60 and LX, Nov. 1945,
pp. 154-65] see also comments by Dr* Mo Wright, ibid., Aug« 1944; and
by E, Benoit-Smullyan and L*J. Pritchard, American Economic Review,
XXXVII, June 1947, PP* 397-201.
« - — — — - — _ - _ _
_____________
"A critique of functional finance through quasi -free )bank
credit
American Economic Review, XXXV^ June 1945, pp* 311-23.
Ratchford, B. U*
"The economic and monetary effects of public debts," Public
Finance, No. 4, 1948, No 1, 1949.
Robinson^ R* I.: "Monetary aspects of national debt policy," in Public Finance
and Full Employment, Washington, D. Co, Federal Reserve Board,
Dec. 1945, PP* 69-83.
35.
Samuelson, P. A.: "The turn of the screw," American Economic Review, XXXV,
Sept. 1945, pp. 674-6.
"The effect of interest rate increases on the "banking
system," American Economic Review, XXXV, Mar- 1945 > pp. 16-27.
Seligman, H. L.: "The problem of excessive commercial "bank earnings,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LX, May 1946, pp. 365-89.
Seltzer, L. EL: "The changed environment of monetary banking policy/1
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVII, Mar. 1947
_^^__mm_m_
"The new debt structure," American Economic Review, Supplement,
XXXVI, Mar. 1946.
"Is a rise in interest rates desirable or inevitable?"
American Economic Review, XXXV, Dec. 1945, PP* 831-50.
"Direct vs. fiscal and institutional factors," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXX, Feb« 1941.
Shoup, Carl S.: "Postwar Federal interest charge," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXIV, June 1944.
Simmons, E. C.: "Federal Reserve policy and the national debt during the war
years," Journal of Business, XX, Apr. 1947 > PP* 84-95•
t!
The i*ole 6? selective credit control in monetary management,"
American Economic Review, XXXVII, Sept, 1947.
_ ~ ~ ~
"The position of the Treasury bill in the public debt,"
Journal of Political Economy, LV, Aug. 1947•
Smith, T. and R. E. Hengren: "Bank capital: the problem restated," Journal
of Political Economy, LV, Dec. 1947.
Sproul, Allan: "Monetary management and credit control," American Economic
Review, XXXVII, June 1947, pp. 339-50.
Studenski, Paul: "The limits to possible debt burdens--Federal, state and
local," American Economic Review, Supplement, XXVII, 1937•
Suiter, W. 0.: "Divergent theories of national debt," Southern Economic
Journal, XII, July 1946.
Thomas, Woodlief: "The heritage of war finance," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXVII, May 1947, pp. 205-15.
Wallich, H. C«: "Debt management as an instrument of economic policy,"
American Economic Review, XXXVI, June 1946, pp. 292-310.
Warburton, Clark: "Monetary control under the Federal Reserve Act." Political
Science Quarterly, LXI, Dec. 1946, pp. 505-34.
"Quantity and frequency of use of money in the United States,
1919-45," Journal of Political Economy, LIV,
"The volume of money and the price level between the two
World Wars." Journal of Political Economy, LIII, June 1945.
Whittlesey, C* R«i "Memorandum on the stability of demand deposits," American
Economic Review, XXXIX, Dec. 1949, pp. 1192-1203.
^
"Federal Reserve policy in transition," Quarterly Journal
of Economics, LX, May 1946, pp. 340-50"Reserve requirements and the integration of credit policies,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LIV, Aug. 1944, pp. 553-70.
_____
"Problems of our domestic money and banking system,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXIV. Mr* 1944.
Wickens, Aryness J*: "The public debt and national income," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XXXVII, May 1947, pp. 184-91.
Woodward, D. B*: "Public debt and institutions," American Econoinic Review,
Supplement, XXXVII, May 1947, pp. 157-83.
36.
Wright, D. M o : "Moult onss !The New Philosophy of Public Debt,1" American
Economic Reviewf XXXIII, Sept. 1943 * pp. 573-90; comments by :, ^
E, G. Moult on and Wright's reply, Ibid., XXXIV, Mar. 1944, pp. 116-21.
.
"The economic limit and economic burden of an internally
held national debt," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LV, Nov. 1940,
pp. 116-29.
IX*
A.
WAGES, COSTS, AID PRICES
Keynes' Short-Run
Wage Theory
Books
Keynes, J. M.: The General Theory. New York, Harcourt, 1936.
Kuczynskij J.: New Fashions in Wage Theoryo London, Lawrence and Wishart,
1940.: ^
Meade, Jo E.: Introduction to Economic Analysis and Policy» London, Oxford
University Pre&s, 2nd ed., 1947.
Pigou, A. C : Employment and Equilibrium* London, Macmillan, 2nd rev* ed.,
1949
Tsiang, .S.C.: The Variations of Real Wages and Profit Margins in Relation to
the Trade "Cycle._ London, Pitman, 1947 e
'
Articles
Dunlop, J. T.: "The movement of real and money wage rates," Economic Journal,
XLVII, Sept, 1938, pp6 413-34.
Field, R. E,i "Lord Keynes's theory of wages," Economic Record, XXII, Dec.
1946, pp. 284-9
Higgins, B. H.: "The optimum wage rate," Review of Economics & Statistics,
XXXI, May 1949^
JCeynes, Jo M.'r "Relative movements of real wages and output," Economic
Journal, XLIX, Mar. 1939* pp. 34-51Leriier, A. P.: "Ex ante analysis and wage theory," Economica, 1939> PP« 436-49*
Pigou, A. C.s "Some considerations on stability conditions, employment, and
real wage rates," Economic Journal, XLIII, Bee* 1945•
,
"Real and money wage rates in relation to unemployment>n
Economic Journal, XLVII, Sept, 1937; comments by J. M. Keynes and
N, Kaldor, ibid., Dec. 1937^ pp. 743-53^ arud Pigou!s reply Ibid.,
XLVIII, Mar, 1938, pp. 134«8,
Patinkin, D v : "Involuntary unemployment and the Keynesian supply function,"
Economic Journal, LIX, Sept. 1949, pp. 36O-83.
Reder, M. W."s "The theoretical problems of a teational wage-price policy,"
Canadian Journal of Economics & Political Science, XIV, Feb* 1948,
pp. 46-61; comment by B. EU Higgins and Reder?s reply, ibid., XV,
May 1949, pp. 203-10.
Reynolds, L. G,: "Toward a short-run theory of wages," American Economics
Review, XXXVIII, June 1948, pp* 289-308.
Richardson, J. E*i "Real wage movements," Economic Journal, XLIX, Sept. 1939,
pp. 425-41.
Ruggles, Richard: "The relative movement of real and money wage rates,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LV, Nov. 1940, pp. 130-49: comments
by Jo T. Dunlop and L. Tarshi£ and Ruggles1 reply, ibid., LVI, Aug.
1941, pp* 683»7OO,
37.
Somers, H» U.i "Money wage cuts in relation to unemployment/1 Review of
Economic Studies^ VI, 1938-39* FP° l6l-3> comments by No Kaldor,
ibid,, pp."232-5 and Somers11 rejoinder^ ibido, VII, Feb. 1940.
pp. 136-7.
Tarshis, Lories "Changes in real and money wages," Economic Journal, Mar.
1939. PF« 150-4.
"Real wages in the United States and Great Britain," Canadian
Journal of Economics & Political Science, IV, Aug. 1938, pp. 362-75.
Reprinted in Readings in Business Cycle Theoryo Philadelphia, 1944•
Tobin, Jamesi "Money wage rates and employment" in The New Economics New York,
1947. PP. 572-87o
"A note on the money wage problem/' Quarterly Journal of
|
Economics^ LV% May 1941, ppo 508-l6o
Tsiang, S. C.s "Professor Pigou on the relative movements of real wages and
employment,IT Economic Journal, LIV^ Deco 1944^ pp 0 352-65.
B. Wage-Coat Adjustments^ Price Policies, and the Theory of Employment
Books
AbramowitZj M«»s Price Theory in a Changing Economy0 New York, Columbia
University Press, 1939*
Bain, Jo S.: Pricing, Distribution and Employment, New York, Holt, 1948.
Clark, Jo Mo 2 Guideposts in Time of Change, New York, Harper, 1949*
Copland, D. B»$ Australia in the World Crisis, 1929-33» New York, Macmillan,
1934.
~~
Eiteman, W* J.s Price Determinations Business Practice and Economic theory,
Ann. Arbor, University of Michigan, 1949*
Federal Reserve Boards "Prices, Wages and Employment" (Postwar Economic Studies,
No. 4.) Washington, D o C , May 1946.
~~ '
'
~~"
Homan, P» T, and F a Machlup (eds.)s Financing American Prosperity, New York,
Twentieth Century Fund, 1945.
International Labour Offices Wages-^General Report. Geneva, 1948,
Kirkaldy, Ho S o ^ Industrial Relations in Conditions of Full Employment,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1945o
Lange, 0o1 Price Flexibility and Employment. Bloomington, Principia Press, 1944«
Lester, R. L.s Company Wage Policies^ A Survey of Patterns and Experience*
Princeton, Princeton University Press^ I948.'
Machlup, Fritzs The Basing-Point System - Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1949•
Mills, F.. 12 *: Pr^e-Qu^'itj^nteractions in Business Cycles. New York,
Nationai Bureau of Economic Research, 1946.
Mund, V, A. 1 Open Marketsg An Essential of Free Enterprise. New York, Harper,
1948.
National Bureau of Economic Research % Cost Behavior and Price Policy» New York,
!
1943.
™~~~
~"
Nourse, E. G«s Price-Making in a Democracy, Washington, D. Co, BrookLngs, 1944o
Industrial Price Policies and Economic Progress, Washington, D.C*.,
Oxford Institute dtStatisticss The Economics of Full Employment. Oxford,
Blackwell^ 19^4.
PheIps,B?own, E7,H*s Tae| Framework of the Pricing System0 Oxford, Eng•,
Chapman & Ball,' I949.
Shister, J*t Economics of the^ .Labor Market. M'ew X*aarffc$ Lippincott, 1949.
Stigler, G. Jot The 'irbedry of" Price. ifew~YQrk, Macmillan, 1946*
38.
TKEC; Monopolistic Practices in Industries, (Hearings, Part V ) , Washington,
D, C , 1940.
THECs "Industrial Wage Rates, Labor Costs, and Price Policies," Monograph
NQ» 5» Washington^ D. C , 1940.
Walker E.R.: Australia in the World Depression. London, King, 1933*
Articles
Abfaaason, A. G«: "Price policies," Southern Economic Journal, XII, July 1945•
Bactauan, Julesz "Price inflexibility--war and postwar," Journal of Political
Economy, LVI, Oct. 1948, pp* 428-37Bangs, K« B»s ^Wage reductions and employment," Journal of Political Economy,
L, April 1942, pp..'251-71.
Bergson, A.s "Price flexibility and the level of income," Review of Economic
Statistics, LI, Feb, 1943.
"Prices, wages and income theory," Econometrica, X, July-Oct.
1942, pp. 275-89.
Bernstein, E* M.s "Wage-rates, investment and employment," Journal of
Political Economy, XLVII, 1939, pp. 218-31.
Bissell, R. M.: "Prices, costs and investment," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXX, 1941, pp. 200-27.
,.
"Price and wage policies and the theory of employment,"
Econometrica, VIII, July 1940, pp. 199-239.
Bober, M.Ms "Price and production policies," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXII, June 1942.
'
'
"^ ""
Braunthal, A.: "Wage policy and full employment," in Planning and Paying for
Full Employment, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1946.
Davies, G, R,: "Pricing and price levels,"Econometrica,, XIV, July 1946.
De Scitovszky, T.: "Capital accumulation, employment and price rigidity,"
Review of Economic Statistics, XLIX, Feb. 1941*
Doblin, E.i "Some aspects of price inflexibility," Review of Economic
Statistics, XXII, 1940, pp. 183-89.
Douglas, Po Ho: "The effect of wage increases upon employment," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXIX, Maro 1939> PPo 138-57*
Duplop, J» To 2 "Wage-price relations at high-level employment," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVII, May 1947, pp. 243-53.
Edwards, C. D.^ "The relation of price policy to fluctuations of investment/1
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXVIII, Mar. 1938, ppo 56-68.
Eiteman, Ros "Rising costs and business-cycle crisis," American Economic
Review, XXVIII, Dec. 1938O
Ezekiel, Me °o "Productivity^ wage rates and employment," American Economic
Review, XXX, Sept* 1940.
Feiler, A«z "Adjustments of prices and costs as a means of stabilization,"
Social Research, VI, May 1939*
Forsey, Eugene: "Trade union policy under full employment," Canadian
Journal of Economics & Political Science, XII, Augo 1946, pp. 345-55.
Franzsen, G*o "Methodological issues in the theory of price flexibility,"
South African Journal of Economics, XV, June 1947o
Frisch, Ragnar and others: "Price-wage-tax policies as instruments in maintaining optimal employmento" Oslo, University Institute of Economics,
Mar. 3, 1949*
Hahn, Lo Ado "Wage Flexibility upwards," Social Research, XIV, June 1947,
ppo 148-67.
Hall, R. Lo and C. J. Hitch: "Price theory and business behavior," Oxford
Economic Papers, Noo 2, May 1939*
39.
Hansen, A. H*: "Cost functions and full employment/1 American Economic Review,
XXXVII, Sept. 1947, PP. 552-65. -' : •••• .
' "•:... .;
' •.
~ ~
^ "Price flexibility and the full:• employment" of resourced in The
Structure of the American Economy, Part II. Washington, D. C./
-National Resources Planning Board, 1940.
Earrod, ReF*s "Full employment and security of livelihood,^ Economic Journal,
Dec- 1943, PPo 321-42.
Hicks, J. Ro: M¥ages and interests the dynamic'Tnroblem" Economic Journal,
XLV, Sept. 1935, PP* 456-68,
Homan, P. T.s "Research in prices, wages and profit," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXIX;, May 1949.
Humphrey, D.s "The nature and meaning of rigid prices, 189O-1913/1 Journal
of Political Economy, XLV, 1937.
Kaldor, N«: "Wage subsidies as a remedy for unemployment," Journal of Political
Economy, XLIV, 1936, pp. 721-42.
Lederer, E.: "Industrial fluctuations and wage policy: some unsettled points,"
International Labour Review, XXXIX, 1939, PP* 1-33*
Leontief, W. W.: "Wages^ profit and prices," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LXI, Nov. 1946, pp. 26-39.
Lerner, A, Po: "The relation of wage policies and price policies," American
Economic Review, XXIX, Mar, 1939. Reprinted in Readings in the ^Theory
of Income Distribution. Blakiston, 1946.
Mason, E. S o : nFrice policies and full employment," in Public Policy,
I. Cambridge, Graduate School of Public Administration, 1940,
PP. 25-58
Means, G. C»: "The controversy over the problem of full employment in The
Structure of the American Economy. Pt. II. Washington, B* C ,
National Resources Planning Board, 1940, pp. 9-17*
Mosak, Js Lo: "Wage increases and employment," American Economic Review, XXXI,
June 1941, pp. 330-32.
Oliver, Jr., Ho M.: "Average cost and long-run elasticity of demand," Journal
of Political Economy, LV, June 1947.
"Does wage reduction aid employment by lowering prices?"
Southern Economic Journal, VT, 1940, pp. 333-43.
"Wage reductions and employment," Southern Economic
Journal, V, Jan, 1939»
Patinki% Don: "Price flexibility and full employment," American Economic
Review, XXXVIII, Sept. 1948, ppo 543-64; comment by Herbert Stein and
Patinkin's rejoinder, ibid., XXXIX, June 1949.
Review of Economics and Statistics: "Productivity and Wages--Symposium, s XXXI,
Nov. 1949j» W^ 292-311.
Reynolds, Lo Ges "Relations between wage rates, costs and prices," American
Economic Reviewr Supplement, 1942, pp. 280-89*
Richardson, J*> Ha: "Wage policy in full employment," Economic Journal, LVIII,
Sept. 1948.
Schelling, T. C : "The dynamics of price flexibility," American Economic Review,
XXXIX, Sept. 1949.
Shister, Jo: "A note on cyclical wage rigidity," American Economic Review,
XXXIV, Mar. 1944.
Singer, H. W.s "Wage policy in full employment," Economic Journal LVIII, Dec.
1947, PP. 438-55.
Slichter, S. Ho: "Wage-price policy and employment," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XXXVI, May 1946, pp. 304-18.
an(
____^____,
i others: "Symposium--Wage Policy," Review of Economic
p
Statistics, XXIX, Aug. 1947, pp. 139-59
40 e
Swezy, Alan: "Wages and investment/1 Journal of Political Economy, L, Feb. 1942o
Timlin, Mabels "General equilibrium analysis and public policy," Canadian
Journal of Economics & Political Science, XII, NoVo 1946, pp. 483-95:
See "note" by De G. Tyndall, ibid,, XIII, Feb. 1947c
Walker, E. Ro: "Wages policy and business cycles," International Labor Review,
XHtflll, Bee. 1938.
Wallace, D. H,: "Monopoly prices and depression," in Explorations in Economics„
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1935, PP» 346-56*
Waugh, Fo V*: "Does the consumer benefit from price instability?" Quarterly
Journal of Economics9 LVIII, Aug* 1944; and comments, ibid., LIX,
Feb, 1945/ pp. 287*303.
Wein, Harold Ho: "Wages and prices-~a case study," Review of Economic Statistics,
XXIX, May 1947, pp. 108-23.
Worswick, G«D«N« and Ko Martin: "Prices and wages policy," Bulletin of the
Oxford Institute of Statistics, X, Mar, 1948, pp. 84-93X.
ECONOMIC CHANGE AM) GROWTH
A.
Problems of Economic Growth and Maturity
Books
Fab'rleant, S.s
"Labor Savings in American Industry^ 1899-1939," (Occasional
Paper No, 23)- New York, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1945Fisher> A. G. B.: !Che Clash of Progress and Security. London Macmillan, 1945*
Gilbert R. V. and others 1 An Economic Program for American Democracy. New
York, Vanguard Press$ 193&B&nsen, A. H«: Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles. Hew York, 1941, Chap. 14.
Recovery or Stagnation? New York, Norton^ 1938>
Dudleyi: Europe9s Population in the Inter-War Years. Geneva, League of
Nations, 1946.
"
-—-———-—
Lederer, Emil: Technical Progress and Unemployment. Geneya^ International
Labour Office, 19387
Moulton, Ho Go and others: Capital Expansion, Employment and Economic
Stabilityo Washington, D. C , Brookings, 1943.
National Resources Committee: The Problems of a Changing Population, 1938*
«_________^_________
Technological Trends and National Policy, 1937*
National Resources Planning Board: The Structure of the American Economy.
Part II. Washington, D, C , 1940*
Pigou, Ae C : !Ehe Economics of Stationary States. London, Macmillan, 1935.
Reddavay, Wo B.: The Economics of a Declining Population. London, Macmillan,
1939*
Swanson, E. W* and E o P« Schmidt: Economic Stagnation or Progress, New Yoirk,
McGrav-Hill, 1946.
^C^
Hearings (Part IX). Washington, Da C e ; Gort. Printing Office, 19391 Monograph No* 22s Technology in Our Economy, 1940,
Terborgh, George: The Bogey of Economic Maturity. Chicago, Machinery & Allied
Products Institute, 1945United Kingdom, Royal Commission on Population guilder Sir H* D. Henderson/:
Report to Parliament. London^ HaMoS*0«, 1949.
Articles
Ames, E. and A* Ro Ferguson: "Technological change and the equilibrium level
of national income," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LX1I, May
1948, pp. 441-58.
41.
Belfer, !•: "Implications of capital-saving inventions/' Social Research^
XVI, Sept. 1949.
^____ n A theory of the automatic -reabsorption of technologicallydisplaced, labor/1 Southern Economic Journal9 XV, July 1949.
Brown, Weir M*s n|Labor saving1 and 'capital saving* innovations,"
Southern Economic Journal, XII, Oct. 1946, pp. 101-14Fellner, William: "The technological argument of the stagnation thesis,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LV, Aug. 1941, pp» 638-51*
Fleming^ J. M*: "Secular unemployment," Quarterly Journal df Economics3
LIV, Nov. 1939, PP. 103-30.
Franzsen, Do Go. "The secular stagnation thesis and the problem of economic
stability/1 South African Journal of Economics, X, Dec 1942.
Gardlund, T.: "The theories of economic stagnation," Skandinaviska Banken,
Quarterly Review;, XXVII, Oct. 1946, pp. 28-39.
Goldenberg, Leon: "Saving in a state with a stationary population,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXI, Nov. 1946, pp. 40-62; comment
"by H, W, A m d t , ibid., LXII, Aug. 1948, pp. 623-28.
Gottlieb, M«: "The theory of optimum population for a closed economy,"
Journal of Political Economy, LIII, Dec. 1945.
Hansen, A. H.: "Some notes on Terborgh^s f$he Bogey of Economic Maturity,*"
Review of Economic Statistics, XXVIII, Feb. 1946, pp. 13-IT*
_ _ ^ _ ^ _ _ ^ ^ "Extensive expansion and population growth," Journal of
Politicai Economy, XLVIII, Aug* 1940.
"Economic progress and declining population growth/'
American Economic Review, XXIX, Mar. 1939, PP* 1-15 •
Higgins, Bo E a : "Concepts and criteria of secular stagnation," Chap* 4 in
Income3 Employment and Public Policy. New York, Eforton, 1948.
^ ^ _ _ ^ _ _ ^ ^ ^ "The doctrine of economic maturity," American Economic Review,
XXXVT, Mar. 1946, pp. 133-41.
Ro Ao Musgi*ave: Tf Deficit finance^-the case examined^"
Public Policyr II. Csmibridgey Graduate School of Public Administration, 1941, pp. 136-207.
Hildeb;ra&d> Jr., G.: "Monopolization and the decline of investment opportunity,"
:
American Economic' Review XXXIII, Sept. 1943.
Jones, Me Y** "Secular trends and idle resources," (Chicago) Journal of Business,
XIV, Oct. 1944.
Kalecki, M«2 "A theorem on technical progress," Review of Economic Studies,
VIII, 1941, 1941, pp. 178-84.
ICeirstead, B. £>•? "Technical advance and economic equilibria,w Canadian
Journal of Economics and Political Science9 IX, 1943, pp. 55^68.
Keynes, J* M«: "Some consequences of declining population growth^" Eu^nics
Review, XXX, April 1937Knight, Fo EL: "Issues in the economics of stationary states," American
Economic Review> XXVI, Sept. I936, pp. 393-411.
Ku%nets> S.: "Fiscal Policy and Business Cycles—>A Review," Review of
Economic Statistics, XXIV, Feb. 1942, pp. 31-36.
Lange, 0»: "Is the American economy contracting?" American Economic Review,
XXIX, Sept. 1939, pp. 503-13.
Mclaughlin, G.E* and R«J* Watkins: "The problem of industrial growth in a
mature economy," American Economic Review, Supplement, XXIX, 1939Ueisser, Hans: "The economics of a stationary population," Social Research,
XI, Nov. 1944.
^__^ w _
"*Permanent* technological unemployment/T American Economic
Review, XXXII, Mar. 1942, pp. 50-71.
42.
Pigou, A. C«s "The classical stationary state/' Economic Journal, LIII, Dec.
1943; PP^ 342-51; comment by M* Kalecki, ibid., LIV, April 1944.
Reed, H» L.: "Economists on industrial stagnation," Journal of Political
Economy, XLVH, April 1940, ppo 244-50.
Samuelson, P* A&% "Dynamics, statics and the stationary state," Review of
Economic Statistics, XX?, Febo 1943.
Smith, Howard R.: "The status of stagnation theory," Southern Economic
Journal, Pt. I, X7, Oct* 1948, pp. 191-204; Pt. 2, XVI, Jan. 1949,
pp. 289-302.
Spengler, J* J»: "Population movements and economic equilibrium in the United
States," Journal of Political EconojBy, XLVII, April 1940.
Staehle, Hc: "Employment in relation to technical progress,*1 Review of
Economic Statistics, XXII, May 1940.
Sweezy, Alan: "Secular stagnation" in Postwar Economic Problems (ed. by
S. EG Harris). New York, McGraw-Hill, 1943.
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ . ^ ^ ^ "Population growth and investment opportunity," Quarterly
Journal of Economics > LV^ Hov^ 1940*
Terborgh^ 0'.: "Dr. Hsmsen on "The Bdgeyof Economic Maturity,f" Review of
Economic Statistics, XXVIII, Aug. 1946, pp. 170-72.
Weintraub^ Davids "The effects of current and prospective technological
developments upon capital formation," American Economic 'Review,
Supplement, XXIX, Mar. 1939, pp. 15-32.
Wright, D* M 9 : "*The great guessing gamef: Terborgh vs. Hansen," Review of
Economic Statistics, XXVIII, Feb. 1946, pp. 18-22.
B.
theories of Economic Development
Books
Achinstein^ Ashers Introduction to Business Cycles. Hew York, Crowell> 1950*
Armstrong, W. E.s Saving and Investment: the Theory of Capital in a Developing Community» London^ Routledge^ I936V
Ayreg, Co E o : The Theory of Economic Progress. Chapel Hill, University of
North Carolina Press, 1944*
Clark^ Colin: The Conditions of Economic Progress. London, Macmillan, 1940
(Rev* edo to be published in 1950)•
'
The Ebonamica of I960. 5fev York, Macmillan, 1943.
i
Davis, Hiram (edo)s The Industrial Study of Economic Progress. Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1947*
Dewhurst, Jd Frederic (edo): America's Ifeeds and Resources. DTew York, Twentieth
Centvry Fund^ 1947o
Fisher, A* Go B o : Economic Progress and Social Security. Kew York, Macmillan,
1945.
Glenday, Roy: The Future of Economic Society. London, Macmillan, 1944*
Harrod, R« F«: Towards a I^nmmic Economics» London, Macmillan, 1948.
Ealecki, M«: Studies in Economic Dynamics» New York, Fari^tr and Reinehart, 1945*
Keiratead, B e 8»i The Theory of Economic Change. Hew York, Macmillan, 1949Lundberg, Erik: Studies in the Theory of Economic Expansion* London, King,
1937.
Merlin, S* Dot The Theory of Fluctuations in Conteinporary Economic Thought,
Hew York, Colimbia University Press, 1949Moulton, H* G«t Controlling Factors in Economic Development. Washington, D « C ,
Brookings, 1949.
Roll, Eric: A History of Economic Thought. Hew York, Prentice-Hall, 4th ed.,
1947.
43 o
Schumpeter, Jo A&% ^Zfae Theory of Economic Development. Cambridge, Harvard
University Press, 3rd ed», 1949.
"\ ; i "' Business Cycles (2 Vols.). New York, McGraw-Hill, 1943.
Spengler, Jo J.: "Aspects of the economics of population growth, Southern
Economic Journal, XIII, Oct. 1947 and XIV, Jan. 1948Sweezy, P« M o : The Theory of Capitalist Development. New York, Oxford,
University Press, 2nd ed«, 1946, chap. 12.
Walker, E. Ronald: From Economic Theory to Policy. Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, 1943, Chaps. 7-8.
Wright, D* M«: Democracy and Progress. New York, Macmillan, 1948.
~~-~~~-,_~-«_, The Economics of Disturbance. Hew Tork, Macmillan, 1947•
Articles
Alexander, So Set "The accelerator as a generator of steady growth/1
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXII1, May 1949, pp. 174-97•
Baumol, W*: "Formaligation of Mr« Harrod!s model," Jgcanomic- Journal, LIX,
Deco 1949, pp* 625-29o
~*
,
"Kotes on some dynamic models," Economic Journal, tVIII, Dec.
1948.
Clark, Colin: "The fruits of economic progress," Economia Internazionale,
Jan, 1948.
Domar, E. D.i "The problem of capital accumulation," American Economic Review,
XXXVIIX^ Dec. 1948, pp. 777-94.
^ _ _ « _ "Expansion and employment," American Economic Review, XXXVII,
Mare 1947.
"Capital expansion, rate of growth, and employment/* Econometrica,
XIV, Apr. 1946, pp o 137-47.
Frisch, Eagnar: "Propagation problems and impulse problems in dynamic economics,"
in Economic Essays in Honour of Gustav Cagael. London, Allen and
Unwin, 1933. pp. 171-205.
Harrod, Ro F«: "An essay in dynamic theory," Economic Journal, XLIX, April
1939* PP* 14-33; comment by Ro &« Hawtry, jbld,3 Sept, 1939>
pp, 468-75.
Hicks, Jo R*: "Mr. Harrodfs dynamic theory," Economicai XVI, May 1949/
pp. 106-21.
Higgins, B« H«: "Towards a clyna&ic economics," Economic Record^ XXIV, Dec.
1948, pp, 173-90.
"
Hoorer, E o M.: "Capital accumulation and progress," American Economic Review,
Supplement,, LX, 3Vfeir8 1950.
^^^^^^^^^
"Research in the area of productive capacity and investment/1
American Economic Review, Supplement9 XXXIX, May 1949, pp. 444-52.
Keirstead, B V £>•:' "American capitalisms the conditions of survival," American
Economic Review, Supplement5" LX, Marw 1950*
Lutz, Fo A o : "Hie interest rate and investment in a dynamic economy,"
American Economic Review,, XXXV, Dec* 1945.
Merlin, S* D«j "The theory of economic change," Quarterly Journal of Economics,
LX, Feb. 1945.
Pigou, A* C.s "Economic progress in a stable environment," Economica, XIV,
Aug. 1947^ pp. 180-88,
Robinson, Joan^ "Mr. Harrod?s dynamics," Economic Journal, L1X, Mar, 1949*
Schelling, T o Sc,: "Capital growth and equilibrium," American Economic Review,
XXXVII, Dec- 1947, pp. 864-76.
Schdmpeter, Jo Ae% "An analysis of economic change," Review of Economic
Statistics, XVII, 1935. Reprinted in Readings in Business Cycle
Theory* Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1944.
_
and others: "Economic growth," Journal of Economic
-History,
Supplement,
VII, 1947,
44.
Shackle, Go S*i "Interest rates and the pace of investment/* Economic
Journal, LYT, Mar. 1946, ppo 1-17.
Stern> E o H*: "The problem of capital accumulation," American Economic
Review, XXXIX> Iteca 1949; reply by E o B. Domar, 1*6id,
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ "Capital requirements in porgressive economies," Economica,
XII, Aug. 1945, pp. 163-71*
Tsiang, S» C«: "Rehabilitation of the time dimension of investment in
macrodynamic analysis," Economica, XVI, Aug. 1949; pp. 204-17•
Wilson, J0 So Go 1 "Investment in a monetary economy," Economical XVI,
Nor* 1949, PPo 321-35.
Wright, Do ML: "Mr. Harrod and growth economics," Review of Economics and
Statistics, XXXI, Nov. 1949c
C*
Program for World Economic Development
Books
Batten, T. Ro: Problems of African Development, London, Oxford University
Press, Part I, 1947/ Part II," 1948.
Buchanan, N* Sot International Investment and Domestic Welfares Some Aspects
of International Borrowing and Lending in the Post-War Period.
lev York, Holt, 1945.
.^^.^^.^.^^^^ and Fo A« Lutzs Rebuilding the WorjLfl Economy. TSFew York,
Twentieth Century Fund> 1947*
Frankel, S« Hos The Concept of Colonisation. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1949*
Kizer, Bo R*i The United States-Canadian Northwests A Demonstration Area
for Inter-Uational Postwar Planning and Development, Princeton,
Princeton University Press} 1944*
Kjellstrom, E o To H6 and others: "Capital Export Potentialities After 1952:
An Economic and Statistical Analysis*" New York, National
Association of Manufacturers,- March 1949*
Lorwin, Lewis: "International Economic Development: ?!Public Works and Other
Problems." (Technical Paper Noo 7 ) . Washington, D. C«, National
Resources Planning Boards Oct. 1942.
Mandelbaum, L : trThe Industrialisation of Backward Areas." (Monograph No3 2),
Oxford^ Blackwell^ 1945.
Milbank Memorial Pundo International Approaches to Problems of Undeveloped
Areaso New York^ The Fund, 1948.
National Planning Associations International Development Loanso Washington,
D.C., 1942c
Presto A s R3: War Economics of Primary Producing Countries. New York,
Macmillan^ 1948.
Spiegel, He W*: The Brazilian Economy^ Chronic Inflation and Sporadic
Industrialization Philadelphia^ Blakiston^ 1949*
Staley, Eugene: World Economic Development. Montreal^ International Labour
Office, 1944United Nationss Technical Assistance for Economic Development. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1949*
,
"Economic Development of Under-Developed Countries/' Report
of Second Committee. New York, Columbia University Press, N0V0 7,
1949.
Articles
Adler, J* EL° "The underdeveloped areas: their industrialization/1
Memorandum No. 31* New Haven^ Yale University Institute of
International Studies, Maro 31, 1949.
45.
Ady, P.:
Tr
Colonial industrialization and British employment," Review of
Economic Studies, XIj Wo* 1^ 1945.
Aubrey, H* G«: "Deliberate industrialization," Social Research, XVI,
June 1949^ m° 158-82.
Balogh, T#: "Note on the deliberate industrialization for higher incomes,"
Economic Journal, LYIIj June 1947*
Belshaw* H»: "Observations on industrialization for higher incomes,"
Economic Journaly LVII, Sept* 1947.
Buchanan, No S.: "Deliberate industrialization for higher incomes," Economic
Journal,- LVI, Dec. 1946, ppo 533-53•
_ _ _ „ "American national income and foreign investment ^" in".
Planning and "Paying for Full iteployment (ed. by A. Lerner and
Fo Do Graham)V Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1946.
Coonejr, E o W*: "Capital exports and investment in building in Britain and
the U.S.Ao, 1856-1914," Economica, XVI, Nov. 1949, pp. 347-54.
Econdmic Cooperation Administration: "The Point Four Program" (Economic
Cooperation Series 23)* Pubo 3347o Washington, B.C., 1949.
Frankel, H o : "The industrialisation of agricultural countries," Economic
Journal, LIII, June-Sept,o 1943.
Gregory, Sir Tas "The problems of the under-developed world," Lloyds Bank
Review, Octo 1948, pp0 39-55Hartley^ Sir Harolds "Limiting factors in world development," South African
Journal of Economics, XVI, Sept, 1948,
Hinshaw, RandallY "Foreign investment and American employment,M American
Economic Review, Supplement, XXXVI> May 1946, pp.-561-71,
Kurihara, K»i "Foreign investment and full employment," Journal of Political
Economy, LV, Oct0 1947, pp« 459-64.
Kuznets, S.s "Foreign economic relations of the United States and their
iujpact upon the domestic economy," Proceedings of the American
Philosophical Society, Vol. 92, Oct. 25, 1948, pp. 228-43Lary, Ho B»: "The domestic effects of foreign investment," American Economic
Reyiew, Supplement, XXXVI? May 1946, pp. 672-85.
Lewis, W, A,: "Colonial development," transactions of the Manchester
Statistical Society, 1948-49 *
Lubin, I.: "Technological aid and economic development," Social Science,
XXIV, Oct. 1949, pp0 203-07o
Mendershausen, Ho: "Future foreign financing," Review of Economics and
Statistics, XXXI, Nov. 1949, pp. 266-79.
National Foreign: Trade Council: "Private enterprise and the Point IV Program."
New York, May 1949.
Rahmer, Bo koi "Note on ffThe Industrialization of Backward Areas," Economic
Journal, LVl, Dec. 1946, vpo 651-62*
Reeves, W^ Ho and P. Do Dickens 1 "Private foreign investments: a means of
world economic development," Political Science Quarterly, LXIV,
June 1949, pp. 211-44.
Rosenstein-Rodan, Po I.s "The international development of economically
backward areaso" International Affairs9 XX, April 1944*
Singer, EL W»s "Economic progress in underdeveloped countries," Social
Research, XVT, Maro 1949, ppo 1-11.
^_^_^_____^^ , ¥0 So Salant, and W« Ao Brown: "United States foreign
investment in underdevelbped areas," American Economic Review,
Supplement * XL, 1950&
Smithies, Aos "The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development,"
.American Economic Review, XXXIV, Bee* 1944.
46.
Stanner, ¥• E« H.s "Observations on colonial planning;" International Affairs,.
XXV, July 1949; pp. 318-28.
U.S.; State Department Bulletin, see current issues.
Wu; Yuan-Li! "International capital investment and the development of poor
countries," Economic Journal, LVI; Mar. 1946; pp. 86-101.
XI.
MTIOHAL EXPERIMENTS WITH EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMS
Official Documents
UNITED NATIONS;
Economic Affairs Department: Maintenance of Full Batployment. Hew York;
Columbia University Press; July 1949Economic and Social Councils Report of Special Panel of Economists (chinn.,
E o R« Walker). Lake Success, Jan. 1950.
_{ ,
_
National and International Action to Achieve or
Maintain Full Employment and Economic Stability. Lake Success;
Jan. 31; 1949.
UNITED KINGDOM:
Treasury: White Paper on "Employment Policy*1 (Cmd. 6527). London; 1944.
.
/knnualj White Paper on "National Income and Expenditure" 1941-49•
_ _ _ _ _ jAnxina.!/ "Economic Survey/1 1947-49.
UNITED STATES:
"Employment Act of 1946" ^Public Law 304; 79th Congress; 2nd Session/; approved
Feb. 20, 1946.
Council of Economic Advisers: TPhe Economic Reports of the President. New York;
Harcourt; 1949- /This collection includes the Economic Reports of the
President to the Congress from Jan. 1947 through Jan. 1949 and also the
Joint Committee Reports of 1947 and 19A8J
_^____-^___-_m
_ _ Fourth Annual Report. Washington, D« C«, D e c ,
.
1949,
" ™
7.
The Economic Report of the Presidents to the Congress /with Annual Economic
Review by the Council "of Economic Advisers/. Washington, D. C , 1950.
Articles
Beveridge, W. H»: "The Government's employment policy," Economic Journal, LIV,
June-Sept. 1944.
Bronfenbrenner, Moi "Postwar political economy: the President's Reports,"
Journal of Political Economy, LVI, Oct. 1948, pp. 373-91*
Champernowne, D* G&: "Critique of the Economic Survey," Bulletin, Oxford
Institute of Statistics, IX, Mar. - Apr. 1947o
Devons, E.: "The Economic Survey for 1949/T The Manchester School, XVII;
May 1948; pp. Hl-27.
Engleyr G. W«: "Suggested lines of economic research tieeded to carry out
objectives of the Employment Act/' American Economic Review, XXXIX,
May 1949> pp. 453-63*
Fetter, F* We "The Economic Reports of the President and the problem of inflation," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXIII, May 1949*
Gragg, C. I. and So F6 Teele: "The proposed Full Employment Act," Harvard
Business Review, Spring 1945 •
47Bansen, A, fifl°9 "The first reports under the Employment Act of 1946/1 Revlev
of Eeo&amic Statistical XXIX, May 1947.
others: tfFive views on the Murrayy Full Enjoyment
Bill,"
jy
— _^__^ — ^___
6
Review of Economic Statistics, XXVII, Aug. 1945, pp. 101-16.
Harrod, R* Fo: "American slupips an analysis of the President's Economic
Report/1 Soundings, April 1949^ PP° 5^12.. :
International labour Reviews National action to promote full employment,",
LIX, June 1949, pp* 684-98.
Jmtkeuy John, and E e Devons: trThe Economic Survey for 1947 > "Lloyds Bank
Review, Apr. 1947*
Joseph^ Mo T* Wat "The British White Paper on Employment Policy/1 American
Economic Review, XXIVj Sept. 1944, pp. 561-66,
Keyserlingj Iu'H.> Ja M. Clark and J* Tineri lfThe Presidentfs economic prof£r&m.jn Current Business Studies» Kew York, Trade and Industry
Law Institute^ June 1949*
Liberal Party Committee on Full Employments tflThe Government's employment
policy*w London^ Liberal Publications Department^ Aug. 1944.
Loveday, A«: nrHhe information requirements: for full eiaiployment policies^"
Coamercial and Financial diraniclej. June 13 / 1946.
McKair^ M« P*s wThe full eaplajm&nt problem^" Harvard BugiaesB Reviev^
Autumn^ 1945^ pp. 1-21.
Melville^ L« 0*: TtSome post-^war problems^" gcoixQmlc Record^ XXII> Jime 1946.
Merry> U. H* and Qo R* Bruns: l!?ull «ployment--the BritiBh^ Canadian and
Australian White Papers/1 Economic Record, XXI, Dec. 1945; PP* 23-36.
Neisser, Hangt nThe economic state of the nation/1 Social Research, XVT>
Sept. 1949. PP- 320-31•
Wourse, E o G&°. nThe E&ployment Act of 1946 and a system of national bookkeeping/1 American Economic Review> Supplement XXXVII, May 194T>
pp. 21-30.
Strayer, Paul J.: nThe Council of Economic Advisers: Political Economy on
trial," American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, Mar. 1950.
Tucker, R. and others: "Appraisal of official economic reports," Studies
in Business EconomicsJSO» l6» Hew York, national Industrial
Conference Board, 1948.
Yiner, J.s MThe Itaployment Act of 1946 in operation," Review of Economic
Statistics, XXIX, May 1947.
Warren, R* 3.:' "The British White Paper Economic Survey for 1949,ftf Political
Science Quarterly, LXIV, June 1949> pp. l6l-7.
Wilson, T. and others: "The January 1949 Economic Report to the President,"
Review of Economics and Statistics, XXI^ Aug. 1949
Wilson, J* So G*: "Prospects of ful3> employment in Australia," Economic
Record, XXII, June 1946.
XII.
A.
GQVERHME1MT EXPAHSID1T IB THE ECONOMIC. SPHERE
Ijaternational Debate on Plaiming and Controls
Books
Baldwin, C» Dot Economic Planning—Its Aims and Implications. Urbana,
Oiiiversity of Illinois Press, 1942.
Baster, A* S#<"'J.s The Little Less: An Essay in the Political Economy of
Reatrictionism. London, Methuen, 1947*
48.
Beckwith, B o F: The Economic Theory of a Socialist Economy* Stanford,
Stanford University Press, 1949.
Bjerve, Pa J*i Scandinavia Between East and Westo Ithaca, Cornell University
Press, 1950.
Clark, J* M.: The Alternative to Serfdom. New York, Knopf, 1948,
Demobilization of Wartime Economic Controls. New York, McGrawHill, 1944.
Dobb, Mo : Studies in the Development of Capitalism. London, Routledge, 1946.
Durbin, E* Fo M*: Problems of Economic Planning. London,- Routledge, 1949*
Franks, Sir 0. S.s Central Planning and Control in W&i* and Peace. Cambridge,
Harvard University Press, 1947•
Garnett, Ao Co: Freedom and Planning in Australia. Madison, University of
Wisconsin Press, 1950*
Harrod, EL Fo: Are *Ehese Hardships Necessary? London, Kupert Hart-Davis,
" .. 2n<^ed*, 1947.
Hayek, Fo A* von: Individualism and Economic Order. London, Routledge, 1949*
-—^-^—-—--^-^^~ The Road to Serfdom. Chicago, University of Chicago Press,
1944.
Henderson, Sir Ho De: The Uses and Abuses of Economic Planning (Rede Lecture).
Cambridge> Eng,, Cambridge University Press, 1947.
Hoff, To Jo B«: Economic Calculation in the Socialist Society. London, Hodge,
1949^
Jervis, Fo Ro Jo* Price Control: Government Intervention or the Free Market?
London, Hutchinson's, 1949•
Jewkes, John: Ordeal by Planning. London, Macmillan, 1948•
Jones, Mo Co^(et alo)": -~Full Employment and State Control. London, Cape, 1945.
Jouvenel, Bertrand de: Problems of Socialist England. London, Batchworth
Press, 1949o
Krishnamurti^ B e V*£ Pricing in A Planned Economy (Economic Series Ho. 3)London, Oxford University Press, 1949.
Landauer, Carl1 Theory of Hational Economic Planning. Berkeley, University
of California Press, 1944.
Lerney, A* P«: The Economics of Control. Hew York, Macmillan, 1944.
Lewis, We. Arthur: Principles of Economic Planning, London, Allen and Unwin,
1948.
Lipson, E»$ A Planned Economy or Free Enterprise: The Lessons of History,
LonjcLon, Black, 1944,
Lurie, S.s Private Investment in a Controlled Economy: Germany, 1933-39°
New York, Colunfcia University Press, 1947*
Mayhew, C* Po: Socialist Economic Planningc London, Gollancz, 1946.
Meade, Jo E^? Planning and the Price Mechanism. London, Allen and Unwin,
1948.
Morrison, Herbert (edo): Socialism: the British Way. London, Essential
Books, Ltd., 1948.
Nagj B« Set A Study of Economic Plans for India. Bombay, Hind Kitabs, 1949.
Bobbins,. Le C o : T!he_ Economic^Problem in Peace and War. London, Macmillan,
1948.
Schumpeter, J* A o ; Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy. New York, Harper,
2nd ed*, 1947*
Simonsj Ho C*i Economic Policy for a Free Society. Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, 1948.
Wootton, B.2 Freedom Under Planning. Chapel Hill, University of Uorth
Carolina Press, 1945Wright, D«M0 r Progress and Democracy. New York, Macmillan, 1948
Zweigj P.: Planning of Free Societies. London, Seeker and Warburg, 1943•
49*
Articles
Alexander, So S o : "Opposition to deficit spending for the prevention of unemployment, " in Income, Employment and Public Policy* New York,
Norton, 1948.
Atkinson, K J O : "Saving and investment in a Socialist state," Review of
Economic Studies, XV (2), No, 38, 1947-48,
Clark, J» M,: "The relation of Government to the economy of the future,"
Journal of Political Economy, XLIX, Dec- 1941.
Clayy Sir Henrys "Planning and recovery in England," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XL, 1950.
Coombs, Ho CoS "Special problems of planning" (Realities of Reconstruction,
No. 2) * Melbourne, Melbourne University Press, 1944.
Copland, D. B. x "Professor Jewkes and the alternative to planning,t! Economic
Record, XXIV, Dec. 1948, pp. 191-203„
Bevons, E o : "Economic planning in war and peace," The Manchester School, XX
Jan. 1948.
Dewey, Dc J<>: "Occupational choice in a collectivist economy," Journal of
Political Economy,, LVI, Dec. 1948.
Eucken, Walter: "On the theory of the centrally administered economy: an
analysis of the German experiment," Economica, Pts. 1*2, JMay and
Aug. 1948.
Finer, H.: "Planning and nationalisation in Great Britain," Internatitmal
Labour Review, LVI1, Mkr. and Apr. 1948.
Friedman, M. 2 "Lerner on the economics of control," Journal of Political
Economy, LV, Oct. 1947, pp« 405-16.
Grether, E o To and others: "Preparedness for war and general economic policy,"
American Economic Review, Supplement, XXXIX, May 1949* pp. 366-830
Griffith, E o C o : "Deficit financing and the future of capitalism," Southern
Economic Journal, XIII, Oct. 1945.
Haley, B« F* and others^ "Problems of an advanced defense economy," American
Economic Review, Supplement, XL, 1950.
Hardy, Co Qo* "Schumpeter on Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy," Journal
of Political Economy, LIII, Deco 1945, pp. 348-56.
Henderson, Ao M.: "Prices and profits in state enterprise," Review of
Economic Studies, X?I (l), No. 39j> 1948-49^"
Henderson, Sir H. Do° "Some comments on planning," Oxford Economic Papers,
I, Jan. 1949.
"The price system," Economic Journal,. LVI1I, Dec. 1948,
'
pp. 467-82/
Jewkes, John^ "Variety among planners," The Manchester School, XV', Jan. 1947Kkhn, Re F c : "Professor Meade on planning," Economic Journal, LIX, Maro 1949,
pp. 1-16.
Keirstead, B« SoV "Liberty and a planned economy" (review article), Cajiadian
Journal of Economics & Political Stience, XI, May 1945•
fcLein, Lw R*: "The case for planning." Oslo, University Institute of Economics,
Aug. 30, 1949.
"Planned economy in Norway," American Economic Review, XXXVIII,
L
Dec. 1948, and comment by Ro Holben, ibid., Dec a 1949, ppo I283-7.
Lange, Q»i "Economic controls after the war," Political Science Quarterly,
Mar* 1945.
Lerner, Ae Pe°. "Planning and freedom," International Postwar Problems, II,
July 1945.
Lindahl, Erik:
"Swedish experiences in economic planning," American Economic
Review, Supplement, XL, 1950.
Lyon, La S*: "Government and American economic life/' (Chicago) Journal of
Business, XXII, Apr. 1949, pp. 83-91.
Mauldon, Fo R* Eo°a "The consumer in a planned economy," Economic Record, XXV,
June 1949.
Meade, J« E«s "Planning without prices," Economica, XV, Feb. 1948, pp. 28-35.
"Mro Lerner on !The. Economics of Control,1" Economic Journal,
LV, Apr* 1945, pp. 47-69.
Norris, Harrys "State enterprise price and output policy and the problem of
cost imputation," Economica, XIV, Feb. 1947o
0fLeary, J*J«s "Free enterprise for postwar America," Yale Review, June 1944.
Paish, F« W*s "Planning and the price system," Westminster Bank Review, Aufe.
1947, PP. 3-9*
Pegrum, D* F«: "Economic planning and the science of economics," American
Economic Review, XXXI, June 1941, pp. 298-307; comments by C. Landauer
and Pegmm's reply, ibid*, Dec* 1941, pp* 825-31,
Pigou, A* C ^ "Central planning and Professor Robbitis," Economica, XV, Febo
1948, pp. 17-27o
Robertson, D« H o : "The economic outlook," Economic Journal, LVII, Dec. 1947 >
pp. 421-37Roepke, Wft: "Socialism, planning and the business cycle," Journal of
Political Economy, XLIV, June 1936.
Rogers, J* F»°o "Aims and limitations of British planning," Science & Society,
XIII, Spring 1949, PP. 97-H7Rueff, Jacques: "The case for a free market," Foreign Affairs, Apr. 1948,
pp. 528-41.
Schumpeter, J6 A e : "The march into Socialism," American Economic Review,
Supplement, XL, 1950.
"English economists and the state-managed economy,"
Journal of Political Economy, LVII, Oct, 1949, pp. 341-70.
Spengler, J* J*: "Laissez faire and interventions a potential source of
historical error," Journal of Political Economy, LVII, Oct0 1949.
Strayer, P* Jo: "FUblic expenditure policy," Americanjiconomic Review, XXXIX,
Mar. 1949Taylor, 0« H*; ttTHhe economics of a !freef society: four essays," Quarterly
Journal of Economics, LXII, Nov. 1948, pp. 641-70. .
Tinbergen, J. 1 "Central planning in the Netherlands," Review of Economic
Studies, XV(2), No. 38, 1947-48.
Tre£s, R. C : "The practice of economic planning," The Manchester School,
XVI, May 1948, pp. 192-213.
Turner, R. C« (etCal.) "Capitalism and economic stability- direct vs. monetary
and fiscal controls," American Economic Review, Supplement, XL,
1950.
Walker, E. R.: "The transformation of war-time controls," (Realities of
Reconstruetion, No. 3)* Melbourne, Melbourne University Press,
1943.
Ward, Barbara: "The limits of economic planning," Foreign Affairs,
Jan, 1949o
Wilson, Thomas: "Programmes and allocations in the planned economy,"
Oxford Economic Papers, I, Jan. 1949, pp. 40-53°
"Private enterprise and the theory of value," The
<_
Manchester School, XVI, May 1948.
"Price and outlay policy of state enterprises," Economic
Journal, LV, Bee. 1945, pp. 454-60.
51.
Wolfe, A. B.s "Economy and democracy," American Economic Review, XXXIV,
Mar. 1944, pp.'1-20.
Wright, Do M»s "HOwtouchcan "planning do?" Journal of Political Economy,
LYI, Aug* 1948e
Yntelna, T. 0.: "PU11 employment in a private enterprise system," American
Economic Review, Supplement,,XgXTV> Mar* 1944, pp. 607-33•
Postwar Economicffdlicies— Foreign Experiences
1. TPhe British Case
Books
Balogh, Ihomass The Dollar Crisiso Oxford^ Blackwell, 1949Booker, H* S.: The Problems of Britain*s Overseas Trade» London, Staples
Press, 1948.
~
Fisher, A. G* B».s International Implications of Full Employment in Great
Britain>
London, 5toyal Institute of International Affairs, 1947*
Harrod, R* F.s Are -%hese Hardships Necessary? London, Rupert Hart-Davis,
2nd ed., 1947.
Institute of Bankers: The Pattern and Finance of Foreign Trade, London,
Europa, 1949* chaps, by R* G. Hawtr^y and Sir H. D. Henderson,
pp. 9-24> 201-19.
__„__
Five Lectures on the Dollar Shortage. London,
Institute of Bankers, 1949.
2^
Current Financial Problems and The City bf/London.
London, Europa, 1949•
Kahn, A. E.: Great Britain in the World Economy. New York, Columbia
University Press, 1946.
Articles
Allen, R. Go D.: "Wholesale-prices, 1938-48," Economic Journal, LIX,
June 1949o
Barna, Tibor: "Domestic economtr.policy and international trade," Chap* 3>
Britain and Her.JEbrport Trade (ed. by M« Abrams). London, Pilot
Press, 1946, pp. '53-76.
Behrman, J. 1[9: "A reappraisal of the United Kingdom^ balance of payments
problem -under full employment,ff Southern Economic* Journal, XIV,
Oct. 1947.
Brown, A. J.: "International eqUilibriinn and national sovereignty under
full employment," International Affairs, XXV^ Oct. 1949, pp. 434-42.
"Inflation and flight from cash," Yorkshire Bulletin: of
Economic & Social Research, I, Septo 1949•
Bruce, Donalds "A review of Socialist financial polity," Political Quarterly,
XX, Oct. 1949, PP* 301-16.
Burchardt, P. A.t "Cuts in capital investment/1 Bulletin, Oxford Institute
of Statistics, X, Jan. 1948*
Carter, C. F. and R» C. Tress: "The economics of 1950," Bulletin, London &
Cambridge Economic Service, XXVII, Hov. 1949> PP» 114-25Dacey, W. Mannings "The budget, overseas borrowing and domestic investment^"
Lloyds Bank Review, July 1948, pp* 34-51*
Economist9 The, 1948-9* current issues.
52.
Hawtrey, R. G«i "Monetary aspects of the economic situation," American
Economic Review, XXXVIII, Mar0 1948, pp. 4£~55»
Henderson, Sir H* D*: "The problem of purchasing power," Westminster Bank
Reviewy Nov* 1947,
n
"Cheap
^^^^^^^^
^
p money and the budget, Economic Journal,
6
Sept» 1947, PPo 265-71•
Hicks, J* R.: devaluation and^world trade," The Three Banks Reviews II,
Dec. 1949.
Kahn, A.. E,: "British balance of payments and problems of domestic policy,"
Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXI, May 1947, pp. 368-96*
Lewiis> W. Arthurs "The prospect before us," The Manchester School, XVI,
May 1948, pp. 12G-64•
MacDoug&ll, G« B* A*° "Further notes on Britain*$ bargaining power," Oxford
Economic Papers3 I, *Jan* 1949.
"Britain1 s foreign trade problem," Economic jotornal,
LVII, Maro 1947, pp* 69*113} comment by T. Balogh and MacDougallf s
rejoinder, ibid., LYIII, Mar, 1948, pp. 74-98.
Meade, J* E.s "Next steps in domestic economy policy," Political Quarterly,
Jan*-Mar<> 1949.
Meyer, F. Y.^ and W. A« Lewis : "The effects of an overseas slump on the
British economy,if The Manchester School, XVII, Sept. 1949/ PP* 233-65.
Midland Bank'Reviews "The changing shape of Britain^ monetary system,*1
Nov. 1947 and Feb. 1948.
Paish, F6 W.: "Savings and investment,v Westminster Bank Review9 Fov. 1948,
pp. 1-9*
!_--_-<^^^P^>>^^_>BM^^ "Britain's economic problem^" American Economic Review,
XXXYXI, Mar. 1948, ppe 118-21.
^_^
"Cheap money policy," Economical XIII, Aug. 194?•
^^32ZZZIIIIZIZZZZZIand Re c* Tre^s: "The budget and economic policy," Bulletin,
London & Cambridge Economic Service, XXVTI, May 1949•
Robertson, B'» H/: "Britain and European recovery," Lloyds Bank Review9
July 1949.
Roundfeable1Tb.e: "Finance of the welfare state," June 1949, pp. 240-7•
Tress, R* C.t "The budget and national income, 1948-49," Bulletin, London &
Cambridge Economic Service, XXVI, May 19, 1948, pp* 40-50,
2*
Reconstruction Policies in Other Countries
Books
Cohen, J« B*s Japanfs Economy in War and Reconstruction. Minneapolis,
University of Minnesota Press, 1949*
Dieterlen, F* and C* A« Rist: The Monetary Problem of France. New York,
Kingfs Crown Press, 1948.
Dupriez, Leon: Monetary Reconstruction in Belgium* New York, King's Crown
Press, 1947.
Foa, Bruko: Monetary Reconstruction in Italy» New York, King's Crown Press,
1949Hert^, Fredericks The Economic Problem of the Danubian States. A Study j.n
Economic Nationalism* London, GOllancz, 1947*
Jacobsson, Per: Economic and^Financial Problems, of Italy in the Summer of
1249* Basle, Bank for International Settlements, Sept* 1, 1949*
The Post-War Economic and Financial Position of France from
tjjie Liberation to the Beginning of 1949* Basle, Bank for
International Settlements, Mar* 1949*
53Kaplan, J, J*.s Economic Stagnation in Italy (Memorandum No. 32)» Hew Haven,
Yale Institute of International Studies, 1949*
Lieu, B\ Ko: " ;China*s Economic Stabilization and Reconstruction* Hew Brunswick^
Rutgers University Press, 1948.
Articles
Bresciani-Turroni, C*: "Credit policy and unemployment," Banca di Roma,
Review of Economic Conditions, May 1949,
"Economic reconstruction in Italy," Lloyds Bank Review,
Jan. 1948.
Burchardt, F. A. and Ko Martina "Western Germany and reconstruction," Bulletin,
Oxford Institute of Statistics, IX.
Cameron, E* R.: "French reconstruction." Hew Haven, Yale Institute of
International Studies, 1948.
Canadaz Investment and Inflation with. 'Special Reference to the Immediate
Post-War Period, 1945-48, Ottawa,. 1949.
de Ridder, V.'s "The Belgian monetary reform," Review of Economic gtudies,
XV(2), No. 38, 1947-48.
.
Griziotti, B.s "Prospects of public finances in Italy," Review of Economic
Conditions, II, Sept. 1948, pp. 303-11,
Heller,. W. W.: "The role of fiscal-monetary policy in German economic
recoevery," American Economic Review, Supplement, XL, 1950Hirschman, A. 0.: "Inflation and deflation in Italy,ytAmerican Economic Review>
XXXVIII, Septo 1948.
Iverden, Carls "Postwar economic problems in Denmark," Lloyds Bank Review,
Oct. 1948, pp. 22-38.
Keilhau, W.% "Main trends in Norway's economy," Lloyds Bank Review, July 1948,
pp.. 21-33Klopstock, F* H.s "Monetary reform in Western Germany^" Journal of Political
Economy, LVII, Aug. 19^49, pp. 277-92.
"Western Europe's attack on inflation," Harvard Business
Review, XXVI, Sept. 1948, pp. 597*612.
!T
Monetary reform in lib^tated Europe," American Economic
Review; XXXVI, Sept. 1946.
LutZj- F« A.s "The German currency reform and the revival of the German,/
economy,n ^conomlca, XVI, May 1949/ t>P» 122-42.
and Vera Ltxtzs "Monetary and foreign exchange policy in Italy/T
Princeton, Princeton University Press,
Mendershausen, H^: "Prices, money and the distribution of goods in postwar
Germany," American Economic Review> XXXIX, June 1949*
Montgomery, k*% "Postwar economic problems in Sweden^" Lloyds Bank Review>
Apr. 1948, pp. 20-34*
Morgan, A.: "The Japanese currency reforms a lesson in monetary experience^"
Bulletin^ Oxford Institute of Statistics, X, Dec. 1948, pp* 424-37.
Wogaro, °B«t "Hungary's monetary crisis," American Economic Review, XXXVIII,
Sept. 1948o
Ohissoii, Ingvarand G'. Cederwall: "Sweden?s economy, 1946-49./rt Bulletin^
Oxford Institute of Statistics, XI, Feb.-Mar. 1949, PP* '53-r8Rosa, R. V.I "0?he problem of French recovery," Economic Journal, LIX,
June 1949.
Snider, D\ A*: "French monetary and fiscal policies since the liberation,"
American Economic Review, XXXVIII, June 1948, pp. 245-64.
Sveriges Riksbanks "Memorandum of the long-run economic outlook from the
Board of Directors to the King-in-Council. Stockholm, Oct. 17, 1947*
@FedFRASER